]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
* doc/tar.texi: Consistently put two spaces after sentences,
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
65
66 @page
67 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
68 @insertcopying
69 @end titlepage
70
71 @ifnottex
72 @node Top
73 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
74
75 @insertcopying
76
77 @cindex file archival
78 @cindex archiving files
79
80 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
81 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
82 @end ifnottex
83
84 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
85 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
86
87 @menu
88 * Introduction::
89 * Tutorial::
90 * tar invocation::
91 * operations::
92 * Backups::
93 * Choosing::
94 * Date input formats::
95 * Formats::
96 * Media::
97
98 Appendices
99
100 * Genfile::
101 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
102 * Copying This Manual::
103 * Index::
104
105 @detailmenu
106 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
107
108 Introduction
109
110 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
111 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
112 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
113 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
114 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
115 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
116 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
117
118 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
119
120 * assumptions::
121 * stylistic conventions::
122 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
123 * frequent operations::
124 * Two Frequent Options::
125 * create:: How to Create Archives
126 * list:: How to List Archives
127 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
128 * going further::
129
130 Two Frequently Used Options
131
132 * file tutorial::
133 * verbose tutorial::
134 * help tutorial::
135
136 How to Create Archives
137
138 * prepare for examples::
139 * Creating the archive::
140 * create verbose::
141 * short create::
142 * create dir::
143
144 How to List Archives
145
146 * list dir::
147
148 How to Extract Members from an Archive
149
150 * extracting archives::
151 * extracting files::
152 * extract dir::
153 * failing commands::
154
155 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
156
157 * Synopsis::
158 * using tar options::
159 * Styles::
160 * All Options::
161 * help::
162 * verbose::
163 * interactive::
164
165 The Three Option Styles
166
167 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
168 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
169 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
170 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
171
172 All @command{tar} Options
173
174 * Operation Summary::
175 * Option Summary::
176 * Short Option Summary::
177
178 @GNUTAR{} Operations
179
180 * Basic tar::
181 * Advanced tar::
182 * create options::
183 * extract options::
184 * backup::
185 * Applications::
186 * looking ahead::
187
188 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
189
190 * Operations::
191 * append::
192 * update::
193 * concatenate::
194 * delete::
195 * compare::
196
197 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
198
199 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
200 * multiple::
201
202 Updating an Archive
203
204 * how to update::
205
206 Options Used by @option{--create}
207
208 * Ignore Failed Read::
209
210 Options Used by @option{--extract}
211
212 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
213 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
214 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
215
216 Options to Help Read Archives
217
218 * read full records::
219 * Ignore Zeros::
220
221 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
222
223 * Dealing with Old Files::
224 * Overwrite Old Files::
225 * Keep Old Files::
226 * Keep Newer Files::
227 * Unlink First::
228 * Recursive Unlink::
229 * Modification Times::
230 * Setting Access Permissions::
231 * Writing to Standard Output::
232 * remove files::
233
234 Coping with Scarce Resources
235
236 * Starting File::
237 * Same Order::
238
239 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
240
241 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
242 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
243 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
248
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
250
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
253 * User Hooks::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
255
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
257
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
262 * Wildcards::
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
266
267 Reading Names from a File
268
269 * nul::
270
271 Excluding Some Files
272
273 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
275
276 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
277
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
280
281 Date input formats
282
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
292
293 Controlling the Archive Format
294
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
301
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
303
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
310
311 Using Less Space through Compression
312
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
315
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
317
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
325 * verify::
326 * Write Protection::
327
328 Blocking
329
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
332
333 Many Archives on One Tape
334
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
337
338 Using Multiple Tapes
339
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
342
343 GNU tar test suite
344
345 * Genfile::
346
347 Copying This Manual
348
349 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
350
351 @end detailmenu
352 @end menu
353
354 @node Introduction
355 @chapter Introduction
356
357 @GNUTAR{} creates
358 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
359 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
360 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
361 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
362 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
363
364 @menu
365 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
366 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
367 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
368 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
369 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
370 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
371 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
372 @end menu
373
374 @node Book Contents
375 @section What this Book Contains
376
377 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
378 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
379 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
380 or comments.
381
382 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
383 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
384 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
385 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
386 progressive order, building on information already explained.
387
388 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
389 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
390 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
391 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
392 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
393 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
394 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
395 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
396 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
397 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
398
399 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
400 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
401
402 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
403 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
404 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
405 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
406 about a specific topic.
407
408 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
409 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
410 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
411 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
412
413 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
414 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
415 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
416 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
417 indicate this.)
418
419 @node Definitions
420 @section Some Definitions
421
422 @cindex archive
423 @cindex tar archive
424 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
425 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
426 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
427 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
428 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
429 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
430 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
431 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
432
433 @cindex member
434 @cindex archive member
435 @cindex file name
436 @cindex member name
437 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
438 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
439 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
440 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
441 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
442 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
443 archive.
444
445 @cindex extraction
446 @cindex unpacking
447 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
448 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
449 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
450 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
451 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
452 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
453 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
454 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
455 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
456 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
457 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
458
459 @node What tar Does
460 @section What @command{tar} Does
461
462 @cindex tar
463 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
464 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
465 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
466 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
467 stored.
468
469 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
470 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
471 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
472 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
473 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
474
475 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
476
477 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
478 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
479
480 @table @asis
481 @item Storage
482 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
483 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
484 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
485 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
486 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
487 unit.
488
489 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
490 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
491 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
492 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
493 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
494 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
495 archives useful.
496
497 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
498 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
499 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
500 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
501 all dimensions, even time!)
502
503 @item Backup
504 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
505 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
506 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
507 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
508 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
509 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
510 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
511 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
512 filesystem.
513
514 @item Transportation
515 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
516 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
517 files from one system to another.
518 @end table
519
520 @node Naming tar Archives
521 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
522
523 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
524 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
525 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
526 it and to make examples more clear.
527
528 @cindex tar file
529 @cindex entry
530 @cindex tar entry
531 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
532 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
533 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
534 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
535 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
536
537 @node Current status
538 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
539
540 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
541 primary aims are:
542
543 @itemize @bullet
544 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
545 implementations.
546 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
547 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
548 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
549 @end itemize
550
551 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
552 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
553 following issues need special mentioning:
554
555 @table @asis
556 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
557
558 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
559 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
560
561 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
562 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
563 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
564
565 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
566 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
567 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
568
569 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
570 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
571 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
572 of this issue and its implications.
573
574 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
575 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
576
577 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
578
579 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
580 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
581 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
582 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
583 @option{--check-links}.
584
585 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
586
587 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
588
589 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
590
591 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
592 @end table
593
594 @node Authors
595 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
596
597 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
598 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
599 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
600 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
601 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
602 numerous and kind users.
603
604 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
605 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
606 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
607 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
608 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
609
610 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
611 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
612 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
613 i'll think about it.}
614
615 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
616 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
617
618 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
619 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
620 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
621 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
622 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
623 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
624 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
625 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
626 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
627 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
628 thing.}
629
630 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
631 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
632
633 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
634 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
635 active development and maintenance work has started
636 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
637 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
638
639 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
640
641 @node Reports
642 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
643
644 @cindex bug reports
645 @cindex reporting bugs
646 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
647 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
648
649 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
650 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
651 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
652 manual}.
653
654 @node Tutorial
655 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
656
657 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
658 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
659 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
660 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
661 details about how @command{tar} works.
662
663 @menu
664 * assumptions::
665 * stylistic conventions::
666 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
667 * frequent operations::
668 * Two Frequent Options::
669 * create:: How to Create Archives
670 * list:: How to List Archives
671 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
672 * going further::
673 @end menu
674
675 @node assumptions
676 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
677
678 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
679 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
680 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
681 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
682 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
683
684 @itemize @bullet
685 @item
686 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
687 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
688 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
689 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
690 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
691 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
692 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
693 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
694 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
695 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
696 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
697 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
698 else?}
699
700 @item
701 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
702 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
703 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
704 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
705 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
706 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
707 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
708
709 @item
710 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
711 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
712 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
713 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
714 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
715 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
716 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
717 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
718 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
719
720 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
721 @end itemize
722
723 @node stylistic conventions
724 @section Stylistic Conventions
725
726 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
727 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
728 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
729 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
730 sometimes @samp{like this}.
731
732 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
733 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
734
735 @node basic tar options
736 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
737
738 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
739 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
740 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
741 operations, and options.
742
743 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
744 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
745 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
746 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
747 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
748 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
749
750 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
751 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
752 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
753 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
754 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
755 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
756
757 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
758 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
759 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
760 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
761 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
762 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
763 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
764 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
765 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
766 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
767 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
768 @ref{Short Options}.)
769
770 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
771 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
772 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
773 For example, instead of typing
774
775 @smallexample
776 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
777 @end smallexample
778
779 @noindent
780 you can type
781 @smallexample
782 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
783 @end smallexample
784
785 @noindent
786 or even
787 @smallexample
788 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
789 @end smallexample
790
791 @noindent
792 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
793 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
794 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
795
796 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
797 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
798 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
799 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
800 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
801 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
802 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
803
804 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
805 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
806 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
807 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
808 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
809 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
810 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
811 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
812 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
813 intends.
814
815 @node frequent operations
816 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
817
818 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
819 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
820 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
821 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
822
823 @table @option
824 @item --create
825 @itemx -c
826 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
827 @item --list
828 @itemx -t
829 List the contents of an archive.
830 @item --extract
831 @itemx -x
832 Extract one or more members from an archive.
833 @end table
834
835 @node Two Frequent Options
836 @section Two Frequently Used Options
837
838 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
839 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
840 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
841 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
842 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
843 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
844
845 @menu
846 * file tutorial::
847 * verbose tutorial::
848 * help tutorial::
849 @end menu
850
851 @node file tutorial
852 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
853
854 @table @option
855 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
856 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
857 Specify the name of an archive file.
858 @end table
859
860 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
861 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
862 that @command{tar} will work on.
863
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
865 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
866 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
867 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
868 look roughly like one of the following:
869
870 @smallexample
871 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
872 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
873 @end smallexample
874
875 @noindent
876 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
877 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
878 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
879 @ref{file}.
880
881 @node verbose tutorial
882 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
883
884 @table @option
885 @item --verbose
886 @itemx -v
887 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
888 @end table
889
890 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
891 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
892 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
893 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
894 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
895 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
896 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
897 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
898 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
899 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
900
901 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
902 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
903 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
904 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
905 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
906 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
907 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
908 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
909
910 @smallexample
911 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
912 @end smallexample
913
914 @noindent
915 above, you might say
916
917 @smallexample
918 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
919 @end smallexample
920
921 @noindent
922 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
923 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
924 twice, like this:
925
926 @smallexample
927 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
928 @end smallexample
929
930 @noindent
931 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
932
933 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
934 --verbose}}.
935
936 @node help tutorial
937 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
938
939 @table @option
940 @item --help
941
942 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
943 all operations and option available for the current version of
944 @command{tar} available on your system.
945 @end table
946
947 @node create
948 @section How to Create Archives
949 @UNREVISED
950
951 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
952 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
953 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
954 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
955 practice on.
956
957 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
958 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
959 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
960 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
961 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
962 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
963 other directories and other archives.
964
965 The three files you will archive in this example are called
966 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
967 @file{collection.tar}.
968
969 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
970 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
971 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
972 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
973 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
974 @command{tar} works.
975
976 @menu
977 * prepare for examples::
978 * Creating the archive::
979 * create verbose::
980 * short create::
981 * create dir::
982 @end menu
983
984 @node prepare for examples
985 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
986
987 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
988 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
989 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
990 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
991 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
992 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
993
994 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
995 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
996 the full path name of this directory is
997 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
998 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
999
1000 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1001 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1002 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1003 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1004
1005 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1006 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1007 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1008 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1009 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1010 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1011 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1012 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1013 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1014 information on how to do this.
1015
1016 @node Creating the archive
1017 @subsection Creating the Archive
1018
1019 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1020 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1024 @end smallexample
1025
1026 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1027 option forms}. You could also say:
1028
1029 @smallexample
1030 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @noindent
1034 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1035 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1036 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1037 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1038
1039 Note that the part of the command which says,
1040 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1041 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1042 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1043 archive file you create.
1044
1045 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1046 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1047 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1048 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1049 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1050 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1051
1052 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1053 is the operation which creates the new archive
1054 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1055 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1056 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1057 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1058 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1059 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1060 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1061
1062 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1063 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1064 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1065
1066 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1067 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1068
1069 @smallexample
1070 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1071 @end smallexample
1072
1073 @noindent
1074 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1075 the files in the directory.
1076
1077 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1078 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1079 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1080 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1081
1082 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1083 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1084 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1085
1086 @node create verbose
1087 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1088
1089 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1090 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1091 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1092
1093 @smallexample
1094 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1095 blues
1096 folk
1097 jazz
1098 @end smallexample
1099
1100 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1101 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1102 @iftex
1103 (note the different font styles).
1104 @end iftex
1105 @ifinfo
1106 .
1107 @end ifinfo
1108
1109 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1110 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1111 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1112 understand.
1113
1114 @node short create
1115 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1116
1117 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1118 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1119 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1120 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1121 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1122 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1123 using short option forms:
1124
1125 @smallexample
1126 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1127 blues
1128 folk
1129 jazz
1130 @end smallexample
1131
1132 @noindent
1133 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1134 long or short option forms.
1135
1136 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1137 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1138 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1139 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1140 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1141 following way:
1142
1143 @smallexample
1144 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1145 @end smallexample
1146
1147 @noindent
1148 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1149 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1150 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1151 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1152 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1153 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1154 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1155 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1156 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1157 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1158 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1159
1160 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1161 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1162 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1163
1164 This example,
1165
1166 @smallexample
1167 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1168 @end smallexample
1169
1170 @noindent
1171 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1172 becomes much more so:
1173
1174 @smallexample
1175 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1176 @end smallexample
1177
1178 @noindent
1179 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1180 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1181 valuable data.
1182
1183 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1184 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1185 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1186 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1187 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1188 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1189 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1190 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1191
1192 @node create dir
1193 @subsection Archiving Directories
1194
1195 @cindex Archiving Directories
1196 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1197 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1198 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1199 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1200 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1201
1202 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1203 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1204 type:
1205
1206 @smallexample
1207 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1208 $
1209 @end smallexample
1210
1211 @noindent
1212 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1213 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1214 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1215 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1216
1217 @smallexample
1218 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1219 @end smallexample
1220
1221 @noindent
1222 @command{tar} should output:
1223
1224 @smallexample
1225 practice/
1226 practice/blues
1227 practice/folk
1228 practice/jazz
1229 practice/collection.tar
1230 @end smallexample
1231
1232 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1233 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1234 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1235 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1236 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1237 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1238 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1239 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1240 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1241 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1242 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1243 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1244 into the file system).
1245
1246 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1247
1248 @smallexample
1249 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1250 @end smallexample
1251
1252 @noindent
1253 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1254 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1255 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1256 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1257 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1258 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1259 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1260 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1261 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1262 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1263 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1264 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1265 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1266 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1267 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1268 directory being dumped.}
1269
1270 @node list
1271 @section How to List Archives
1272
1273 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1274 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1275 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1276 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1277 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1278 created in the last section with the command,
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1286
1287 @smallexample
1288 blues
1289 folk
1290 jazz
1291 @end smallexample
1292
1293 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1294 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1295
1296 @noindent
1297 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1298
1299 @smallexample
1300 ./birds
1301 baboon
1302 ./box
1303 @end smallexample
1304
1305 @noindent
1306 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1307 to specify the name of the archive.
1308
1309 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1310 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1311 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1312
1313 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1314 like:
1315
1316 @smallexample
1317 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1318 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1319 @end smallexample
1320
1321 @cindex listing member and file names
1322 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1323 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1324 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1325 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1326 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1327 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1328 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1329 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1330 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1331 example:
1332
1333 @smallexample
1334 @group
1335 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1336 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1337 /etc/mail/
1338 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1339 /etc/mail/aliases
1340 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1341 etc/mail/
1342 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1343 etc/mail/aliases
1344 @end group
1345 @end smallexample
1346
1347 @cindex @option{--show-stored-names} described
1348 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1349 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1350 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1351
1352 @table @option
1353 @item --show-stored-names
1354 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1355 @end table
1356
1357 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1358 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1359 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1360 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1361 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1362 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1363
1364 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1365 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1366 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1367 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1368 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1369 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1370 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1371 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1372 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1373 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1374 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1375
1376 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1377 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1378 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1379 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1380 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1381 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1382 stored in the specified archive.
1383
1384 @menu
1385 * list dir::
1386 @end menu
1387
1388 @node list dir
1389 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1390
1391 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1392 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1393 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1394 @value{op-verbose} option.
1395
1396 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1397 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1401 @end smallexample
1402
1403 @command{tar} responds:
1404
1405 @smallexample
1406 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1407 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1408 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1409 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1410 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1411 @end smallexample
1412
1413 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1414 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1415
1416 @node extract
1417 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1418 @UNREVISED
1419 @cindex Extraction
1420 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1421 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1422
1423 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1424 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1425 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1426 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1427 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1428 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1429 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1430 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1431
1432 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1433 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1434 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1435 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1436
1437 @menu
1438 * extracting archives::
1439 * extracting files::
1440 * extract dir::
1441 * extracting untrusted archives::
1442 * failing commands::
1443 @end menu
1444
1445 @node extracting archives
1446 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1447
1448 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1449 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1450
1451 @smallexample
1452 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1453 @end smallexample
1454
1455 @noindent
1456 produces this:
1457
1458 @smallexample
1459 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1460 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1461 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1462 @end smallexample
1463
1464 @node extracting files
1465 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1466
1467 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1468 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1469 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1470 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1471 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1472 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1473 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1474 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1475 a footnote? --gray}.
1476
1477 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1478 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1479 the files in the directory again.
1480
1481 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1482 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1483
1484 @smallexample
1485 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1486 @end smallexample
1487
1488 @noindent
1489 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1490 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1491 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1492 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1493 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1494 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1495 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1496 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1497 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1498 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1499 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1500 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1501 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1502 @value{op-list}.
1503
1504 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1505 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1506 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1507 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1508 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1509 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1510 (@pxref{list}).
1511
1512 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1513 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1514 Output}).
1515
1516 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1517 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1518
1519 @node extract dir
1520 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1521
1522 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1523 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1524 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1525 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1526 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1527 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1528 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1529 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1530 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1531 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1532 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1533 @pxref{Writing}).
1534
1535 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1536 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1537 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1538
1539 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1540 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1541 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1542 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1543 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1544 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1545 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1546 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1547 following command:
1548
1549 @smallexample
1550 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1551 practice/folk
1552 practice/jazz
1553 @end smallexample
1554
1555 @noindent
1556 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1557 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1558 in the example below:
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1562 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1563 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1564 @end smallexample
1565
1566 @noindent
1567 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1568 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1569 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1570 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1571
1572 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1573 will be.}
1574
1575 @node extracting untrusted archives
1576 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1577
1578 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1579 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1580 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1581 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1582 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1583 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1584 extract it as follows:
1585
1586 @smallexample
1587 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1588 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1589 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1590 @end smallexample
1591
1592 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1593 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1594 with @value{op-verbose}.
1595
1596 @node failing commands
1597 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1598
1599 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1600 they won't work.
1601
1602 If you try to use this command,
1603
1604 @smallexample
1605 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1606 @end smallexample
1607
1608 @noindent
1609 you will get the following response:
1610
1611 @smallexample
1612 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1613 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1614 $
1615 @end smallexample
1616
1617 @noindent
1618 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1619 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1620 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1621
1622 @smallexample
1623 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1624 practice/folk
1625 practice/jazz
1626 practice/rock
1627 @end smallexample
1628
1629 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1630 order...}
1631
1632 @noindent
1633 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1634
1635 @smallexample
1636 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1637 @end smallexample
1638
1639 @noindent
1640 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1641 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1642 files from the archive.
1643
1644 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1645 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1646
1647 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1648
1649 @node going further
1650 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1651
1652 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1653 be in the rest of the manual.}
1654
1655 @node tar invocation
1656 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1657 @UNREVISED
1658
1659 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1660 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1661 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1662 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1663 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1664 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1665 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1666 depending on what the operation is.
1667
1668 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1669 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1670 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1671 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1672 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1673
1674 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1675 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1676 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1677 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1678 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1679 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1680
1681 @menu
1682 * Synopsis::
1683 * using tar options::
1684 * Styles::
1685 * All Options::
1686 * help::
1687 * verbose::
1688 * interactive::
1689 @end menu
1690
1691 @node Synopsis
1692 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1693
1694 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1695
1696 @smallexample
1697 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1698 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1699 @end smallexample
1700
1701 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1702
1703 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1704 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1705 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1706 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1707 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1708 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1709 @command{tar} is to act on.
1710
1711 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1712 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1713 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1714 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1715
1716 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1717 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1718 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1719 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1720 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1721 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1722 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1723 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1724 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1725
1726 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1727 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1728 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1729 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1730 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1731 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1732
1733 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1734 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1735 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1736 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
1737
1738 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1739 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1740 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1741 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1742 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1743 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1744 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1745 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1746 sufficient for this.
1747
1748 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1749 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1750 @value{op-files-from} option.
1751
1752 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1753 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1754 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1755 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1756 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1757 on the entire contents of the archive.
1758
1759 @cindex exit status
1760 @cindex return status
1761 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1762 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1763 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1764 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1765 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1766 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1767 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1768 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1769 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1770 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1771 the error.
1772
1773 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1774 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1775 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1776 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1777 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1778 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1779
1780 @node using tar options
1781 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1782
1783 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1784 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1785 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1786 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1787 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1788 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1789 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1790 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1791 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1792 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1793
1794 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1795 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1796 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1797 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1798 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1799 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1800 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1801 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1802 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1803 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1804 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1805 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1806
1807 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1808 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1809 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1810 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1811 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1812 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1813 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1814
1815 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1816 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1817 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1818 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1819 write @value{op-list}.
1820
1821 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1822 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1823 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1824 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1825 styles.
1826
1827 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1828 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1829 incorporated.}
1830
1831 @node Styles
1832 @section The Three Option Styles
1833
1834 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1835 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1836 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1837 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1838
1839 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1840 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1841 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1842 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1843 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1844 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1845 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1846 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1847 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1848 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1849 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1850 feel comfortable with the others.
1851
1852 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1853 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1854 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1855 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1856 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1857 pay special attention to them.
1858
1859 @menu
1860 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1861 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1862 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1863 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1864 @end menu
1865
1866 @node Mnemonic Options
1867 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1868
1869 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1870 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1871
1872 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1873 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1874 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1875 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1876 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1877 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1878 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1879 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1880 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1881 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1882 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1883 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1884 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1885 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1886 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1887
1888 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1889 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1890 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1891
1892 @smallexample
1893 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1894 @end smallexample
1895
1896 @noindent
1897 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1898 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1899
1900 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1901 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1902 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1903 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1904 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1905 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1906 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1907 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1908
1909 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1910 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1911 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1912 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1913
1914 @node Short Options
1915 @subsection Short Option Style
1916
1917 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1918 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1919 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1920 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1921
1922 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1923
1924 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1925 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1926 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1927 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1928 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1929 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1930 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1931 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1932
1933 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1934 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1935 white space characters}.
1936
1937 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1938 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1939 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1940 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1941 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1942 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1943 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1944 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1945
1946 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1947 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1948 For example:
1949
1950 @smallexample
1951 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1952 @end smallexample
1953
1954 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1955 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1956 end up overwriting files.
1957
1958 @node Old Options
1959 @subsection Old Option Style
1960 @UNREVISED
1961
1962 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1963 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1964 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1965 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1966 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1967 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1968 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1969 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1970 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1971 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1972 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1973 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1974
1975 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1976
1977 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1978 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1979 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1980 style as follows:
1981
1982 @smallexample
1983 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1984 @end smallexample
1985
1986 @noindent
1987 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1988 the argument of @option{-f}.
1989
1990 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1991 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1992 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1993 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1994 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1995 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1996 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1997 pertain to.
1998
1999 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2000 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2001
2002 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2003 users. For example, the two commands:
2004
2005 @smallexample
2006 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2007 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2008 @end smallexample
2009
2010 @noindent
2011 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2012 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2013 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2014 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2015
2016 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2017
2018 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2019 following are equivalent:
2020
2021 @smallexample
2022 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2023 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2024 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2025 @end smallexample
2026
2027 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2028
2029 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2030 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2031 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2032 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2033 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2034 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2035 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2036 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2037 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2038
2039 @node Mixing
2040 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2041
2042 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2043 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2044 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2045 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2046 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2047 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2048 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2049 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2050 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2051 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2052 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2053 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2054 style options.
2055
2056 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2057 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2058
2059 @smallexample
2060 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2061 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2062 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2063 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2064 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2065 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2066 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2067 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2068 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2069 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2070 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2071 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2072 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2073 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2074 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2075 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2076 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2077 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2078 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2079 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2080 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2081 @end smallexample
2082
2083 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2084 the previous set:
2085
2086 @smallexample
2087 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2088 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2089 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2090 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2091 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2092 @end smallexample
2093
2094 @noindent
2095 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2096 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2097 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2098 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2099 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2100 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2101 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2102 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2103 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2104 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2105 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2106
2107 @node All Options
2108 @section All @command{tar} Options
2109
2110 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2111 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2112 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2113 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2114 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2115 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2116
2117 @menu
2118 * Operation Summary::
2119 * Option Summary::
2120 * Short Option Summary::
2121 @end menu
2122
2123 @node Operation Summary
2124 @subsection Operations
2125
2126 @table @option
2127
2128 @item --append
2129 @itemx -r
2130
2131 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2132
2133 @item --catenate
2134 @itemx -A
2135
2136 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2137
2138 @item --compare
2139 @itemx -d
2140
2141 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2142 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2143 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2144
2145 @item --concatenate
2146 @itemx -A
2147
2148 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2149 @xref{concatenate}.
2150
2151 @item --create
2152 @itemx -c
2153
2154 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2155
2156 @item --delete
2157
2158 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2159 tape! @xref{delete}.
2160
2161 @item --diff
2162 @itemx -d
2163
2164 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2165
2166 @item --extract
2167 @itemx -x
2168
2169 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2170
2171 @item --get
2172 @itemx -x
2173
2174 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2175
2176 @item --list
2177 @itemx -t
2178
2179 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2180
2181 @item --update
2182 @itemx -u
2183
2184 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2185 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2186 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2187 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2188 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2189 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2190 @xref{update}.
2191
2192 @end table
2193
2194 @node Option Summary
2195 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2196
2197 @table @option
2198
2199 @item --absolute-names
2200 @itemx -P
2201
2202 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2203 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2204 @FIXME-xref{}
2205
2206 @item --after-date
2207
2208 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2209
2210 @item --anchored
2211 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2212 @FIXME-xref{}
2213
2214 @item --atime-preserve
2215
2216 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2217 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2218 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2219 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2220 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2221 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2222 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2223 unless you're root.
2224 @FIXME-xref{}
2225
2226 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2227
2228 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2229 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2230 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2231
2232 @item --block-number
2233 @itemx -R
2234
2235 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2236 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2237
2238 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2239 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2240
2241 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2242 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2243
2244 @item --bzip2
2245 @itemx -j
2246
2247 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2248 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2249
2250 @item --checkpoint
2251
2252 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2253 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2254 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2255 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2256
2257 @item --check-links
2258 @itemx -l
2259 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2260 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2261 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2262 output.
2263
2264 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2265 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2266 semantics for @option{-l}.
2267
2268 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2269
2270 @item --compress
2271 @itemx --uncompress
2272 @itemx -Z
2273
2274 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2275 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2276 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2277
2278 @item --confirmation
2279
2280 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2281
2282 @item --dereference
2283 @itemx -h
2284
2285 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2286 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2287 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2288
2289 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2290 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2291
2292 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2293 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2294 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2295
2296 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2297
2298 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2299 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2300
2301 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2302 @itemx -X @var{file}
2303
2304 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2305 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2306
2307 @item --exclude-caches
2308
2309 Automatically excludes all directories
2310 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2311
2312 @item --file=@var{archive}
2313 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2314
2315 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2316 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2317 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2318
2319 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2320 @itemx -T @var{file}
2321
2322 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2323 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2324 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2325
2326 @item --force-local
2327
2328 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2329 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2330 @FIXME-xref{}
2331
2332 @item --format=@var{format}
2333
2334 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2335 following:
2336
2337 @table @samp
2338 @item v7
2339 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2340
2341 @item oldgnu
2342 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2343 1.12 or earlier.
2344
2345 @item gnu
2346 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2347 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2348 numeric fields.
2349
2350 @item ustar
2351 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2352
2353 @item posix
2354 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2355
2356 @end table
2357
2358 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2359
2360 @item --group=@var{group}
2361
2362 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2363 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2364 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2365 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2366
2367 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2368
2369 @item --gzip
2370 @itemx --gunzip
2371 @itemx --ungzip
2372 @itemx -z
2373
2374 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2375 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2376 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2377
2378 @item --help
2379
2380 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2381 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2382
2383 @item --ignore-case
2384 Ignore case when excluding files.
2385 @FIXME-xref{}
2386
2387 @item --ignore-failed-read
2388
2389 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2390 @xref{Reading}.
2391
2392 @item --ignore-zeros
2393 @itemx -i
2394
2395 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2396 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2397
2398 @item --incremental
2399 @itemx -G
2400
2401 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2402 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2403 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2404
2405 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2406
2407 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2408
2409 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2410 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2411 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2412
2413 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2414 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2415 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2416
2417 @item --interactive
2418 @itemx --confirmation
2419 @itemx -w
2420
2421 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2422 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2423 @FIXME-xref{}
2424
2425 @item --keep-newer-files
2426
2427 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2428 when extracting files from an archive.
2429
2430 @item --keep-old-files
2431 @itemx -k
2432
2433 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2434 @xref{Writing}.
2435
2436 @item --label=@var{name}
2437 @itemx -V @var{name}
2438
2439 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2440 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2441 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2442 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2443
2444 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2445 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2446
2447 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2448 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2449 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2450 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2451 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2452
2453 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2454
2455 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2456 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2457 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2458 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2459 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2460 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2461 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2462 permission system.
2463
2464 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2465 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2466 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2467 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2468 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2469
2470 @item --multi-volume
2471 @itemx -M
2472
2473 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2474 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2475
2476 @item --new-volume-script
2477
2478 (see --info-script)
2479
2480 @item -n
2481 @itemx --seek
2482
2483 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2484 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2485 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2486 in cases when such recognition fails.
2487
2488 @item --newer=@var{date}
2489 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2490 @itemx -N
2491
2492 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2493 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2494 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2495 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2496
2497 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2498
2499 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2500 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2501 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2502
2503 @item --no-anchored
2504 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2505 @FIXME-xref{}
2506
2507 @item --no-ignore-case
2508 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2509 @FIXME-xref{}
2510
2511 @item --no-recursion
2512
2513 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2514 @FIXME-xref{}
2515
2516 @item --no-same-owner
2517 @itemx -o
2518
2519 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2520 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2521 for ordinary users.
2522
2523 @item --no-same-permissions
2524
2525 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2526 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2527 for ordinary users.
2528
2529 @item --no-wildcards
2530 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2531 @FIXME-xref{}
2532
2533 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2534 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2535 @FIXME-xref{}
2536
2537 @item --null
2538
2539 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2540 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2541 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2542 @FIXME-xref{}
2543
2544 @item --numeric-owner
2545
2546 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2547 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2548 @FIXME-xref{}
2549
2550 @item -o
2551 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2552 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2553 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2554
2555 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2556 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2557 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2558 removed in the future releases.
2559
2560 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2561
2562 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2563
2564 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2565 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2566 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2567 line or via @option{-T} option.
2568
2569 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2570 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2571
2572 @smallexample
2573 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2574 @end smallexample
2575
2576 @noindent
2577 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2578 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2579
2580 @item --old-archive
2581 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2582
2583 @item --one-file-system
2584 @itemx -l
2585 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2586 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2587 directory.
2588
2589 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2590 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2591 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2592 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2593 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2594
2595 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2596
2597 @item --overwrite
2598
2599 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2600 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2601
2602 @item --overwrite-dir
2603
2604 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2605 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2606
2607 @item --owner=@var{user}
2608
2609 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2610 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2611 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2612 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2613 @FIXME-xref{}
2614
2615 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2616 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2617 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2618 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2619
2620 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2621
2622 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2623
2624 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2625 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2626 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2627 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2628 the following forms:
2629
2630 @table @asis
2631 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2632 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2633 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2634 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2635
2636 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2637 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2638 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2639 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2640 man 7 glob}. For example:
2641
2642 @smallexample
2643 --pax-option delete=security.*
2644 @end smallexample
2645
2646 would suppress security-related information.
2647
2648 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2649
2650 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2651 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2652 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2653
2654 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2655 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2656 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2657 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2658 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2659 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2660 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2661 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2662 @end multitable
2663
2664 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2665 results.
2666
2667 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2668 will use the following default value:
2669
2670 @smallexample
2671 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2672 @end smallexample
2673
2674 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2675 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2676 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2677 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2678 following character substitutions have been made:
2679
2680 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2681 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2682 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2683 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2684 starting at 1.
2685 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2686 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2687 @end multitable
2688
2689 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2690
2691 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2692 will use the following default value:
2693
2694 @smallexample
2695 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2696 @end smallexample
2697
2698 @noindent
2699 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2700 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2701 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2702
2703 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2704 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2705 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2706 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2707 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2708 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2709 record.
2710
2711 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2712 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2713 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2714 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2715 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2716
2717 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2718 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2719 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2720 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2721 For example, in the command:
2722
2723 @smallexample
2724 tar --format=posix --create \
2725 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2726 @end smallexample
2727
2728 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2729 stored in the archive.
2730 @end table
2731
2732 @item --portability
2733 @itemx --old-archive
2734 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2735
2736 @item --posix
2737 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2738
2739 @item --preserve
2740
2741 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2742 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2743
2744 @item --preserve-order
2745
2746 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2747
2748 @item --preserve-permissions
2749 @itemx --same-permissions
2750 @itemx -p
2751
2752 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2753 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2754 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2755 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2756 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2757
2758 @item --read-full-records
2759 @itemx -B
2760
2761 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2762 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2763
2764 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2765
2766 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2767 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2768
2769 @item --recursion
2770
2771 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2772 @FIXME-xref{}
2773
2774 @item --recursive-unlink
2775
2776 Remove existing
2777 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2778 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2779
2780 @item --remove-files
2781
2782 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2783 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2784
2785 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2786
2787 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2788 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2789
2790 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2791
2792 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2793 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2794
2795 @item --same-order
2796 @itemx --preserve-order
2797 @itemx -s
2798
2799 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2800 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2801 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2802 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2803
2804 @item --same-owner
2805
2806 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2807 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2808 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2809 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2810
2811 @item --same-permissions
2812
2813 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2814
2815 @item --show-defaults
2816
2817 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2818 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2819 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2820
2821 @smallexample
2822 $ tar --show-defaults
2823 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2824 @end smallexample
2825
2826 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2827
2828 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2829 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2830
2831 @item --show-stored-names
2832
2833 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2834 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2835 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2836 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2837
2838 @item --sparse
2839 @itemx -S
2840
2841 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2842 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2843
2844 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2845 @itemx -K @var{name}
2846
2847 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2848 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2849 @xref{Scarce}.
2850
2851 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2852 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2853 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2854 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2855 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2856
2857 @smallexample
2858 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2859 @end smallexample
2860
2861 @noindent
2862 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2863
2864 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2865
2866 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2867 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2868
2869 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2870 @itemx -L @var{num}
2871
2872 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2873 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2874
2875 @item --test-label
2876
2877 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
2878 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
2879
2880 @item --to-stdout
2881 @itemx -O
2882
2883 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2884 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2885
2886 @item --totals
2887
2888 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2889 @FIXME-xref{}
2890
2891 @item --touch
2892 @itemx -m
2893
2894 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2895 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2896 @xref{Writing}.
2897
2898 @item --uncompress
2899
2900 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2901
2902 @item --ungzip
2903
2904 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2905
2906 @item --unlink-first
2907 @itemx -U
2908
2909 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2910 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2911
2912 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2913
2914 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2915 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2916
2917 @item --utc
2918
2919 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2920 @option{--verbose}.
2921
2922 @item --verbose
2923 @itemx -v
2924
2925 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2926 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2927 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2928
2929 @item --verify
2930 @itemx -W
2931
2932 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2933 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2934
2935 @item --version
2936
2937 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2938 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2939 @FIXME-xref{}
2940
2941 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2942
2943 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2944 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2945 @FIXME-xref{}
2946
2947 @item --wildcards
2948 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2949 @FIXME-xref{}
2950
2951 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2952 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2953 @FIXME-xref{}
2954 @end table
2955
2956 @node Short Option Summary
2957 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2958
2959 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2960 them with the equivalent long option.
2961
2962 @table @option
2963
2964 @item -A
2965
2966 @option{--concatenate}
2967
2968 @item -B
2969
2970 @option{--read-full-records}
2971
2972 @item -C
2973
2974 @option{--directory}
2975
2976 @item -F
2977
2978 @option{--info-script}
2979
2980 @item -G
2981
2982 @option{--incremental}
2983
2984 @item -K
2985
2986 @option{--starting-file}
2987
2988 @item -L
2989
2990 @option{--tape-length}
2991
2992 @item -M
2993
2994 @option{--multi-volume}
2995
2996 @item -N
2997
2998 @option{--newer}
2999
3000 @item -O
3001
3002 @option{--to-stdout}
3003
3004 @item -P
3005
3006 @option{--absolute-names}
3007
3008 @item -R
3009
3010 @option{--block-number}
3011
3012 @item -S
3013
3014 @option{--sparse}
3015
3016 @item -T
3017
3018 @option{--files-from}
3019
3020 @item -U
3021
3022 @option{--unlink-first}
3023
3024 @item -V
3025
3026 @option{--label}
3027
3028 @item -W
3029
3030 @option{--verify}
3031
3032 @item -X
3033
3034 @option{--exclude-from}
3035
3036 @item -Z
3037
3038 @option{--compress}
3039
3040 @item -b
3041
3042 @option{--blocking-factor}
3043
3044 @item -c
3045
3046 @option{--create}
3047
3048 @item -d
3049
3050 @option{--compare}
3051
3052 @item -f
3053
3054 @option{--file}
3055
3056 @item -g
3057
3058 @option{--listed-incremental}
3059
3060 @item -h
3061
3062 @option{--dereference}
3063
3064 @item -i
3065
3066 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3067
3068 @item -j
3069
3070 @option{--bzip2}
3071
3072 @item -k
3073
3074 @option{--keep-old-files}
3075
3076 @item -l
3077
3078 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3079 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3080 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3081
3082 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3083
3084 @item -m
3085
3086 @option{--touch}
3087
3088 @item -o
3089
3090 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3091 @option{--portability}.
3092
3093 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3094 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3095 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3096
3097 @item -p
3098
3099 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3100
3101 @item -r
3102
3103 @option{--append}
3104
3105 @item -s
3106
3107 @option{--same-order}
3108
3109 @item -t
3110
3111 @option{--list}
3112
3113 @item -u
3114
3115 @option{--update}
3116
3117 @item -v
3118
3119 @option{--verbose}
3120
3121 @item -w
3122
3123 @option{--interactive}
3124
3125 @item -x
3126
3127 @option{--extract}
3128
3129 @item -z
3130
3131 @option{--gzip}
3132
3133 @end table
3134
3135 @node help
3136 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3137
3138 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3139 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3140 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3141 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3142 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3143 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3144 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3145 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3146
3147 @smallexample
3148 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3149 @end smallexample
3150
3151 @noindent
3152 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3153 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3154 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3155 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3156 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3157 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3158 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3159 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3160 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3161 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3162
3163 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3164 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3165 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3166 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3167 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3168 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3169 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3170 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3171 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3172 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3173
3174 @smallexample
3175 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3176 @end smallexample
3177
3178 @noindent
3179 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3180 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3181 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3182 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3183
3184 @smallexample
3185 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3186 @end smallexample
3187
3188 @noindent
3189 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3190
3191 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3192 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3193 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3194 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3195 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3196
3197 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3198 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3199 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3200 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3201 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3202 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3203 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3204 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3205 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3206 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3207 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3208 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3209 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3210 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3211
3212 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3213 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3214 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3215 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3216 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3217 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3218
3219 @node verbose
3220 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3221
3222 @cindex Progress information
3223 @cindex Status information
3224 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3225 @cindex Verbose operation
3226 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3227 @cindex Error message, block number of
3228 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3229
3230 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3231 @cindex Information during operation
3232 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3233
3234 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3235 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3236 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3237 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3238 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3239 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3240 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3241 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3242 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3243 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3244 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3245 helpful diagnostic tools.
3246
3247 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3248 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3249 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3250 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3251 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3252 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3253
3254 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3255 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3256 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3257 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3258 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3259 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3260 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3261 long list output:
3262
3263 @smallexample
3264 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3265 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3266 @end smallexample
3267
3268 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3269 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3270 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3271 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3272 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3273
3274 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3275 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3276 error.
3277
3278 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3279 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3280 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3281
3282 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3283 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3284 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3285 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3286 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3287 is actually making forward progress.
3288
3289 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3290 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3291
3292 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3293 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3294 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3295 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3296 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3297 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3298 some other reason.
3299
3300 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3301 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3302 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3303 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3304 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3305 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3306 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3307 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3308 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3309 archive from a pipe.
3310
3311 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3312 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3313 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3314 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3315 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3316 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3317 backup section written.}
3318
3319 @node interactive
3320 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3321 @cindex Interactive operation
3322
3323 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3324 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3325 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3326 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3327 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3328 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3329 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3330
3331 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3332 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3333 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3334 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3335 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3336 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3337 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3338 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3339 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3340
3341 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3342 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3343 communications.
3344
3345 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3346 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3347 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3348 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3349 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3350 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3351 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3352 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3353 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3354 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3355 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3356
3357 @node operations
3358 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3359
3360 @menu
3361 * Basic tar::
3362 * Advanced tar::
3363 * create options::
3364 * extract options::
3365 * backup::
3366 * Applications::
3367 * looking ahead::
3368 @end menu
3369
3370 @node Basic tar
3371 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3372
3373 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3374 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3375 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3376 for these operations.
3377
3378 @table @asis
3379 @item @value{op-create}
3380
3381 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3382 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3383 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3384 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3385 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3386 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3387 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3388 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3389 common errors are:
3390
3391 @enumerate
3392 @item
3393 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3394 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3395 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3396 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3397 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3398 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3399
3400 @item
3401 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3402 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3403 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3404 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3405 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3406 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3407 @end enumerate
3408
3409 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3410 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3411 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3412 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3413 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3414 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3415 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3416 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3417
3418 @smallexample
3419 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3420 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3421 @end smallexample
3422
3423 @item @value{op-extract}
3424
3425 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3426
3427 @item @value{op-list}
3428
3429 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3430 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3431 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3432 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3433 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3434 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3435 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3436 that's really the way to go.
3437
3438 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3439 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3440
3441 @end table
3442
3443 @node Advanced tar
3444 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3445
3446 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3447 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3448
3449 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3450 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3451 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3452 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3453 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3454 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3455 error correction in special circumstances.
3456
3457 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3458 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3459
3460 @menu
3461 * Operations::
3462 * append::
3463 * update::
3464 * concatenate::
3465 * delete::
3466 * compare::
3467 @end menu
3468
3469 @node Operations
3470 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3471 @UNREVISED
3472
3473 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3474 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3475 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3476 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3477
3478 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3479 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3480 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3481 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3482 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3483 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3484 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3485 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3486
3487 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3488 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3489 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3490 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3491
3492 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3493 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3494 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3495 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3496 where the last chapter left them.)
3497
3498 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3499
3500 @table @option
3501 @item --append
3502 @itemx -r
3503 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3504 @item --update
3505 @itemx -r
3506 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3507 they exist.
3508 @item --concatenate
3509 @itemx --catenate
3510 @itemx -A
3511 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3512 @item --delete
3513 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3514 @item --compare
3515 @itemx --diff
3516 @itemx -d
3517 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3518 @end table
3519
3520 @node append
3521 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3522 @UNREVISED
3523
3524 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3525 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3526 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3527 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3528 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3529 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3530
3531 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3532 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3533 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3534 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3535 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3536 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3537 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3538 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3539
3540 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3541 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3542 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3543 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3544 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3545 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3546 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3547 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3548 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3549 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3550 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3551 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3552 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3553 extracted before it, and so on.
3554
3555 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3556 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3557 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3558 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3559 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3560 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3561 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3562 the command
3563
3564 @smallexample
3565 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3566 @end smallexample
3567
3568 @noindent
3569 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3570
3571 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3572 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3573
3574 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3575 with the Same Name.}
3576
3577 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3578 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3579 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3580 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3581 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3582 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3583 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3584 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3585 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3586 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3587
3588 @menu
3589 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3590 * multiple::
3591 @end menu
3592
3593 @node appending files
3594 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3595 @UNREVISED
3596 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3597 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3598 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3599
3600 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3601 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3602 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3603 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3604 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3605 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3606 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3607 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3608 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3609 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3610
3611 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3612 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3613 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3614 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3615
3616 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3617 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3618 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3619 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3620 @file{collection.tar}:
3621
3622 @smallexample
3623 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3624 @end smallexample
3625
3626 @noindent
3627 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3628 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3629
3630 @smallexample
3631 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3632 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3633 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3634 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3635 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3636 @end smallexample
3637
3638 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3639 title claims it will become...}
3640
3641 @node multiple
3642 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3643
3644 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3645 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3646 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3647 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3648 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3649 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3650 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3651 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3652 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3653 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3654 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3655 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3656 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3657 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3658 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3659 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3660 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3661 versions of the file.
3662
3663 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3664 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3665 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3666 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3667 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3668 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3669 newer version when it is extracted.
3670
3671 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3672 archive in this way:
3673
3674 @smallexample
3675 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3676 blues
3677 @end smallexample
3678
3679 @noindent
3680 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3681 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3682 list the contents of the archive:
3683
3684 @smallexample
3685 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3686 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3687 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3688 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3689 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3690 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3691 @end smallexample
3692
3693 @noindent
3694 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3695 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3696 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3697 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3698 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3699
3700 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3701 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3702 the following example:
3703
3704 @smallexample
3705 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3706 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3707 @end smallexample
3708
3709 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3710 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3711 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3712
3713 @node update
3714 @subsection Updating an Archive
3715 @UNREVISED
3716 @cindex Updating an archive
3717
3718 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3719 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3720 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3721 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3722 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3723 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3724 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3725
3726 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3727 The operation will fail.
3728
3729 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3730 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3731
3732 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3733 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3734 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3735 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3736 Same Name}
3737
3738 @menu
3739 * how to update::
3740 @end menu
3741
3742 @node how to update
3743 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3744
3745 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3746 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3747 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3748 you).
3749
3750 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3751 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3752
3753 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3754 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3755 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3756 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3757 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3758 arguments:
3759
3760 @smallexample
3761 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3762 blues
3763 classical
3764 $
3765 @end smallexample
3766
3767 @noindent
3768 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3769 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3770 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3771 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3772 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3773 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3774 updating it.
3775
3776 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3777 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3778 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3779 information about tapes.
3780
3781 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3782 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3783 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3784 options intended specifically for backups are more
3785 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3786
3787 @node concatenate
3788 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3789
3790 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3791 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3792 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3793 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3794 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3795 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3796
3797 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3798 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3799 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3800 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3801 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3802 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3803 Members with the Same Name.}
3804
3805 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3806 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3807 files from @file{practice}:
3808
3809 @smallexample
3810 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3811 blues
3812 classical
3813 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3814 folk
3815 jazz
3816 @end smallexample
3817
3818 @noindent
3819 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3820 contain what they are supposed to:
3821
3822 @smallexample
3823 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3824 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3825 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3826 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3827 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3828 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3829 @end smallexample
3830
3831 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3832
3833 @smallexample
3834 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3835 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3836 @end smallexample
3837
3838 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3839 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3840
3841 @smallexample
3842 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3843 blues
3844 rock
3845 jazz
3846 folk
3847 @end smallexample
3848
3849 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3850 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3851 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3852 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3853 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3854 new name?}
3855
3856 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3857 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3858
3859 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3860 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3861 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3862 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3863 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3864
3865 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3866 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3867 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3868 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3869 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3870 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3871 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3872 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3873 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3874 @command{cat} shell utility.
3875
3876 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3877 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3878 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3879 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3880 default archive name.
3881
3882 @node delete
3883 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3884 @UNREVISED
3885 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3886 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3887
3888 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3889 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3890 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3891 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3892 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3893 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3894 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3895 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3896 very slowly.
3897
3898 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3899
3900 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3901 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3902 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3903 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3904 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3905 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3906 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3907 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3908 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3909 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3910
3911 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3912 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3913 are in that directory, and then,
3914
3915 @smallexample
3916 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3917 blues
3918 folk
3919 jazz
3920 rock
3921 practice/blues
3922 practice/folk
3923 practice/jazz
3924 practice/rock
3925 practice/blues
3926 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3927 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3928 folk
3929 jazz
3930 rock
3931 $
3932 @end smallexample
3933
3934 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3935 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3936 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3937
3938 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3939 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3940
3941 @node compare
3942 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3943 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3944 @UNREVISED
3945
3946 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3947 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3948 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3949 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3950 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3951 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3952 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3953
3954 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3955 archive with a non-default record size.
3956
3957 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3958 corresponding members in the archive.
3959
3960 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3961 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3962 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3963 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3964
3965 @smallexample
3966 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3967 rock
3968 blues
3969 tar: funk not found in archive
3970 @end smallexample
3971
3972 @noindent
3973 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3974 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
3975 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
3976 such as:
3977
3978 @smallexample
3979 funk: does not exist
3980 @end smallexample
3981
3982 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3983 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3984 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3985
3986 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3987 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3988 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3989
3990 @node create options
3991 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
3992
3993 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
3994 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
3995 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
3996 @option{--create}.
3997
3998 @menu
3999 * Ignore Failed Read::
4000 @end menu
4001
4002 @node Ignore Failed Read
4003 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4004
4005 @table @option
4006 @item --ignore-failed-read
4007 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4008 @end table
4009
4010 @node extract options
4011 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4012 @UNREVISED
4013
4014 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4015 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4016
4017 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4018 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4019 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4020 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4021 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4022 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4023 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4024 @option{--extract} operation.
4025
4026 @menu
4027 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4028 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4029 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4030 @end menu
4031
4032 @node Reading
4033 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4034 @cindex Options when reading archives
4035 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4036 @cindex Records, incomplete
4037 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4038 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4039 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4040 @cindex Small memory
4041 @cindex Running out of space
4042 @UNREVISED
4043
4044 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4045 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4046 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4047 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4048 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4049 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4050 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4051 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4052 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4053
4054 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4055 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4056 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4057 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4058 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4059 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4060
4061 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4062 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4063 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4064 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4065 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4066
4067 @menu
4068 * read full records::
4069 * Ignore Zeros::
4070 @end menu
4071
4072 @node read full records
4073 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4074
4075 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4076
4077 @table @option
4078 @item --read-full-records
4079 @item -B
4080 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4081 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4082 than the one specified.
4083 @end table
4084
4085 @node Ignore Zeros
4086 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4087
4088 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4089 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4090 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4091 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e., a damaged
4092 archive, or one that was created by concatenating several archives
4093 together).
4094
4095 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4096 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4097 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4098 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4099 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4100
4101 @table @option
4102 @item --ignore-zeros
4103 @itemx -i
4104 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4105 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4106 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4107 @end table
4108
4109 @node Writing
4110 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4111 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4112 @cindex Protecting old files
4113 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4114 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4115 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4116 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4117 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4118 @UNREVISED
4119
4120 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4121
4122 @menu
4123 * Dealing with Old Files::
4124 * Overwrite Old Files::
4125 * Keep Old Files::
4126 * Keep Newer Files::
4127 * Unlink First::
4128 * Recursive Unlink::
4129 * Modification Times::
4130 * Setting Access Permissions::
4131 * Writing to Standard Output::
4132 * remove files::
4133 @end menu
4134
4135 @node Dealing with Old Files
4136 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4137
4138 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4139 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4140 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4141 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4142 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4143 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4144 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4145 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4146 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4147
4148 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4149 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4150 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4151 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4152 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4153
4154 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4155 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4156 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4157
4158 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4159 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4160 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4161 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4162 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4163 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4164 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4165 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4166 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4167 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4168 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4169 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4170 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4171 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4172 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4173 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4174 removed.
4175
4176 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4177 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4178 before extracting them.
4179
4180 @node Overwrite Old Files
4181 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4182
4183 @table @option
4184 @item --overwrite
4185 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4186 from an archive.
4187
4188 This
4189 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4190 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4191 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4192 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4193 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4194 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4195 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4196 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4197 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4198 they are in the way of extraction.
4199
4200 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4201 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4202 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4203 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4204 are currently being executed.
4205
4206 @item --overwrite-dir
4207 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4208 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4209 @end table
4210
4211 @node Keep Old Files
4212 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4213
4214 @table @option
4215 @item --keep-old-files
4216 @itemx -k
4217 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4218 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4219 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4220 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4221 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4222 extraction.
4223 @end table
4224
4225 @node Keep Newer Files
4226 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4227
4228 @table @option
4229 @item --keep-newer-files
4230 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4231 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4232 @end table
4233
4234 @node Unlink First
4235 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4236
4237 @table @option
4238 @item --unlink-first
4239 @itemx -U
4240 Remove files before extracting over them.
4241 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4242 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4243 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4244 @end table
4245
4246 @node Recursive Unlink
4247 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4248
4249 @table @option
4250 @item --recursive-unlink
4251 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4252 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4253 @end table
4254
4255 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4256 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4257 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4258 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4259
4260 @node Modification Times
4261 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4262
4263 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4264 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4265 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4266 setting.
4267
4268 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4269 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4270 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4271
4272 @table @option
4273 @item --touch
4274 @itemx -m
4275 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4276 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4277 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4278 @end table
4279
4280 @node Setting Access Permissions
4281 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4282
4283 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4284 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4285 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4286 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4287
4288 @table @option
4289 @item --preserve-permission
4290 @itemx --same-permission
4291 @itemx --ignore-umask
4292 @itemx -p
4293 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4294 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4295 @value{op-extract}.
4296 @end table
4297
4298 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4299 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4300 more than one file?}
4301
4302 @node Writing to Standard Output
4303 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4304
4305 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4306 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4307 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4308 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4309 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4310 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4311 found in the archive.
4312
4313 @table @option
4314 @item --to-stdout
4315 @itemx -O
4316 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4317 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4318 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4319 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4320 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4321 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4322 @end table
4323
4324 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4325 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4326 it. You can use a command like this:
4327
4328 @smallexample
4329 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4330 @end smallexample
4331
4332 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4333
4334 @smallexample
4335 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4336 @end smallexample
4337
4338 @node remove files
4339 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4340
4341 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4342 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4343 else in the book...}
4344
4345 @table @option
4346 @item --remove-files
4347 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4348 @end table
4349
4350 @node Scarce
4351 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4352 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4353 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4354 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4355 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4356 @UNREVISED
4357
4358 @menu
4359 * Starting File::
4360 * Same Order::
4361 @end menu
4362
4363 @node Starting File
4364 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4365
4366 @table @option
4367 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4368 @itemx -K @var{name}
4369 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4370 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4371 @end table
4372
4373 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4374 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4375 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4376 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4377 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4378 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4379 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4380 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4381 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4382
4383 @node Same Order
4384 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4385
4386 @table @option
4387 @item --same-order
4388 @itemx --preserve-order
4389 @itemx -s
4390 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4391 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4392 @value{op-list}
4393 or @value{op-extract}.
4394 @end table
4395
4396 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4397 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4398 the option to exist in either version?}
4399
4400 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4401
4402 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4403 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4404 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4405 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4406 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4407 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4408
4409 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4410
4411 @node backup
4412 @section Backup options
4413
4414 @cindex backup options
4415
4416 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4417 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4418 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4419 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4420 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4421 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4422
4423 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4424 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4425 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4426 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4427 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4428 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4429 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4430 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4431 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4432 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4433
4434 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4435 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4436 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4437 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4438 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4439 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4440 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4441 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4442 refers to a remote file.
4443
4444 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4445 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4446 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4447 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4448 file are kept.
4449
4450 @table @samp
4451
4452 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4453 @opindex --backup
4454 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4455 @cindex backups
4456 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4457 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4458
4459 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4460 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4461 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4462 use the @samp{existing} method.
4463
4464 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4465 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4466 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4467 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4468
4469 @table @samp
4470 @item t
4471 @itemx numbered
4472 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4473 Always make numbered backups.
4474
4475 @item nil
4476 @itemx existing
4477 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4478 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4479 of the others.
4480
4481 @item never
4482 @itemx simple
4483 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4484 Always make simple backups.
4485
4486 @end table
4487
4488 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4489 @opindex --suffix
4490 @cindex backup suffix
4491 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4492 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4493 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4494 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4495 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4496
4497 @end table
4498
4499 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4500 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4501 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4502 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4503 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4504 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4505
4506 @smallexample
4507 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4508 @end smallexample
4509
4510 @node Applications
4511 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4512 @UNREVISED
4513
4514 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4515 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4516 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4517
4518 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4519
4520 @findex uuencode
4521 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4522 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4523 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4524 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4525 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4526 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4527 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4528 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4529
4530 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4531 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4532 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4533 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4534
4535 @smallexample
4536 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4537 @end smallexample
4538
4539 @noindent
4540 The command also works using short option forms:
4541
4542 @smallexample
4543 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4544 @end smallexample
4545
4546 @noindent
4547 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4548
4549 @node looking ahead
4550 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4551
4552 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4553 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4554 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4555 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4556 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4557 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4558 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4559 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4560 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4561 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4562
4563 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4564 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4565 @value{xref-files-from}.
4566
4567 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4568 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4569
4570 @node Backups
4571 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4572 @UNREVISED
4573
4574 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4575 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4576 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4577 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4578 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4579 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4580 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4581
4582 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4583 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4584 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4585 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4586
4587 @smallexample
4588 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4589 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4590 @end smallexample
4591
4592 @ifclear PUBLISH
4593
4594 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4595 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4596 distribution.
4597
4598 @smallexample
4599 .* dumps
4600 . + what are dumps
4601
4602 . + different levels of dumps
4603 . - full dump = dump everything
4604 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4605 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4606 n-1 dump (?)
4607
4608 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4609 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4610
4611 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4612 . - how to customize
4613 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4614
4615 . + Problems
4616 . - rsh doesn't work
4617 . - rtape isn't installed
4618 . - (others?)
4619
4620 . + the --incremental option of tar
4621
4622 . + tapes
4623 . - write protection
4624 . - types of media
4625 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4626 . - files and tape marks
4627 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4628 . - positioning the tape
4629 MT writes two at end of write,
4630 backspaces over one when writing again.
4631 @end smallexample
4632
4633 @end ifclear
4634
4635 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4636 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4637
4638 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4639 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4640 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4641 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4642 called @dfn{dumps}.
4643
4644 @menu
4645 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4646 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4647 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4648 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4649 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4650 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4651 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4652 @end menu
4653
4654 @node Full Dumps
4655 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4656 @UNREVISED
4657
4658 @cindex full dumps
4659 @cindex dumps, full
4660
4661 @cindex corrupted archives
4662 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4663 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4664 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4665 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4666 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4667 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4668
4669 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4670 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4671 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4672
4673 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4674 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4675 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4676
4677 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4678 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4679 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4680
4681 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4682 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4683 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4684
4685 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4686 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4687 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4688 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4689 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4690 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4691
4692 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4693 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4694 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4695
4696 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4697
4698 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4699
4700 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4701 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
4702 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4703 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4704 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4705 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4706 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4707 doing a complete incremental restore.
4708
4709 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4710 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4711 @command{tar} program.
4712
4713 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4714 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4715
4716 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
4717 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
4718 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4719 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4720 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4721 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4722 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4723 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4724 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
4725 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
4726 the data.
4727
4728 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4729 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4730 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4731 deleted from the directory}.
4732
4733 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4734 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4735 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4736 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4737 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4738
4739 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
4740 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
4741 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
4742 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
4743 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4744 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4745 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
4746
4747 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4748 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
4749 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4750 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4751 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4752 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4753 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
4754 appropriate files in the archive.
4755
4756 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4757 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4758 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4759 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4760 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4761 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4762 created.
4763
4764 @node Inc Dumps
4765 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4766 @UNREVISED
4767
4768 @cindex incremental dumps
4769 @cindex dumps, incremental
4770
4771 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4772 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4773
4774 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4775 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4776 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4777 monthly) dump.
4778
4779 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
4780 and @samp{/var}.
4781
4782 @smallexample
4783 #! /bin/sh
4784 tar --create \
4785 --blocking-factor=126 \
4786 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
4787 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
4788 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
4789 --verbose \
4790 /usr /var
4791 @end smallexample
4792
4793 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
4794 store information about the previous tar dump.
4795
4796 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
4797 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
4798 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
4799 largest blocking factor that can be used.
4800
4801 @node incremental and listed-incremental
4802 @section The Incremental Options
4803 @UNREVISED
4804
4805 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4806 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4807 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4808 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4809 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4810 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4811 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4812
4813 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4814 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4815 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4816 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4817 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4818 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4819
4820 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4821 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4822 @command{tar} program.
4823
4824 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4825 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4826 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4827 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4828 extract the files in the archive.
4829
4830 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4831 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4832 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4833 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4834 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4835
4836 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
4837 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
4838 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4839 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4840 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4841 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4842 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4843 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4844 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
4845 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4846
4847 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4848 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
4849 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4850 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4851 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4852 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4853 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
4854 all appropriate files in the archive.
4855
4856 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4857 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4858 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4859 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4860 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4861 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4862 actually created.
4863
4864 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4865 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
4866 with the @option{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
4867 backwards.
4868
4869 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4870 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4871 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4872 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4873 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4874 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4875 to be a better way to go.
4876
4877 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
4878 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
4879 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
4880 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
4881 @file{/dev/null}.
4882
4883 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4884
4885 @node Backup Levels
4886 @section Levels of Backups
4887
4888 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4889 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4890 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4891 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4892 are daily re-archived.
4893
4894 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4895 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4896 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4897 dump.
4898
4899 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4900 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4901 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4902 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4903 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4904 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4905 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4906 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4907
4908 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4909 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4910 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4911 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4912 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4913
4914 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4915 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4916 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4917 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4918 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4919 running the appropriate script.
4920
4921 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4922 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4923 their use in detail.
4924
4925 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4926 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4927 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4928 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4929 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
4930 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
4931
4932 @node Backup Parameters
4933 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4934
4935 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4936 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4937 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4938 before using these scripts.
4939
4940 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4941 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4942 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4943 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4944 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4945 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4946 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4947 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4948
4949 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4950 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4951
4952 @menu
4953 * General-Purpose Variables::
4954 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4955 * User Hooks::
4956 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4957 @end menu
4958
4959 @node General-Purpose Variables
4960 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4961
4962 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4963 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4964 sends a backup report to this address.
4965 @end defvr
4966
4967 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4968 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4969 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4970 or the string @samp{now}.
4971
4972 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4973 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4974 @end defvr
4975
4976 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
4977
4978 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
4979 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
4980 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
4981 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
4982 invocations of @command{mt}.
4983 @end defvr
4984
4985 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
4986
4987 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4988 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4989 @end defvr
4990
4991 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
4992
4993 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4994 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
4995 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
4996 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4997 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4998
4999 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5000 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5001 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5002 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5003 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5004 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5005 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5006 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5007 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5008
5009 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5010 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5011 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5012 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5013 @end defvr
5014
5015 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5016
5017 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
5018 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5019 @end defvr
5020
5021 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5022
5023 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5024 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5025 which the backup script is run.
5026
5027 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5028 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5029 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5030 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5031 @end defvr
5032
5033 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5034
5035 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5036 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5037 @end defvr
5038
5039 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5040
5041 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5042 @end defvr
5043
5044 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5045 @anchor{RSH}
5046 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5047 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5048 to use public key authentication.
5049 @end defvr
5050
5051 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5052
5053 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5054 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5055 of @GNUTAR{}.
5056 @end defvr
5057
5058 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5059
5060 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5061 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5062 @end defvr
5063
5064 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5065
5066 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5067 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5068 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5069 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5070 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5071 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5072
5073 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5074 @end defvr
5075
5076 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5077
5078 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5079
5080 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5081 @end defvr
5082
5083 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5084
5085 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5086 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5087 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5088 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5089 the console.
5090 @end defvr
5091
5092 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5093
5094 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5095 this will just be some literal text.
5096 @end defvr
5097
5098 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5099
5100 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5101 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5102 @end defvr
5103
5104 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5105 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5106
5107 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5108 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5109 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5110
5111 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5112 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5113 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5114
5115 @smallexample
5116 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5117
5118 mt_begin() @{
5119 mt -f "$1" retension
5120 @}
5121 @end smallexample
5122 @end defvr
5123
5124 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5125 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5126 follows:
5127
5128 @smallexample
5129 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5130
5131 mt_rewind() @{
5132 mt -f "$1" rewind
5133 @}
5134 @end smallexample
5135
5136 @end defvr
5137
5138 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5139 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5140 it is defined as follows:
5141
5142 @smallexample
5143 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5144
5145 mt_offline() @{
5146 mt -f "$1" offl
5147 @}
5148 @end smallexample
5149 @end defvr
5150
5151 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5152 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5153 including error count. Default definition:
5154
5155 @smallexample
5156 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5157
5158 mt_status() @{
5159 mt -f "$1" status
5160 @}
5161 @end smallexample
5162 @end defvr
5163
5164 @node User Hooks
5165 @subsection User Hooks
5166
5167 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5168 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5169 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5170 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5171 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5172 taking four arguments:
5173
5174 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5175 Its arguments are:
5176
5177 @table @var
5178 @item level
5179 Current backup or restore level.
5180
5181 @item host
5182 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5183
5184 @item fs
5185 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5186
5187 @item fsname
5188 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5189 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5190 @end table
5191 @end deffn
5192
5193 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5194
5195 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5196 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5197 @end defvr
5198
5199 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5200 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5201 @end defvr
5202
5203 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5204 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5205 @end defvr
5206
5207 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5208 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5209 @end defvr
5210
5211 @node backup-specs example
5212 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5213
5214 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5215
5216 @smallexample
5217 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5218
5219 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5220 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5221 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5222
5223 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5224 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5225 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5226
5227 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5228 my_status() @{
5229 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5230 @}
5231 MT_STATUS=my_status
5232
5233 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5234 MT_OFFLINE=:
5235
5236 BLOCKING=124
5237 BACKUP_DIRS="
5238 albert:/fs/fsf
5239 apple-gunkies:/gd
5240 albert:/fs/gd2
5241 albert:/fs/gp
5242 geech:/usr/jla
5243 churchy:/usr/roland
5244 albert:/
5245 albert:/usr
5246 apple-gunkies:/
5247 apple-gunkies:/usr
5248 gnu:/hack
5249 gnu:/u
5250 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5251 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5252
5253 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5254
5255 @end smallexample
5256
5257 @node Scripted Backups
5258 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5259
5260 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5261
5262 @smallexample
5263 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5264 @end smallexample
5265
5266 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5267 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5268 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5269 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5270 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5271 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5272 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5273 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5274 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5275 create a level one dump.}
5276
5277 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5278 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5279
5280 @table @asis
5281 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5282
5283 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5284
5285 @item @var{hh}
5286
5287 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5288
5289 @item now
5290
5291 The dump must be run immediately.
5292 @end table
5293
5294 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5295 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5296 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5297 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5298 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5299 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5300 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5301 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5302 Restoration}).
5303
5304 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5305 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5306 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5307 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5308 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5309 detailed explanation of this file.}
5310
5311 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5312 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5313 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5314 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5315 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5316 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5317 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5318
5319 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5320 standard output.
5321
5322 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5323 script:
5324
5325 @table @option
5326 @item -l @var{level}
5327 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5328 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5329
5330 @item -f
5331 @itemx --force
5332 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5333
5334 @item -v[@var{level}]
5335 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5336 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5337 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5338 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5339
5340 @item -t @var{start-time}
5341 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5342 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5343
5344 @item -h
5345 @itemx --help
5346 Display short help message and exit.
5347
5348 @item -L
5349 @itemx --license
5350 Display program license and exit.
5351
5352 @item -V
5353 @itemx --version
5354 Display program version and exit.
5355 @end table
5356
5357
5358 @node Scripted Restoration
5359 @section Using the Restore Script
5360
5361 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5362 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5363 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5364 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5365 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5366
5367 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5368 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5369 line. For example, running
5370
5371 @smallexample
5372 restore 'albert:*'
5373 @end smallexample
5374
5375 @noindent
5376 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5377 complicated example:
5378
5379 @smallexample
5380 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5381 @end smallexample
5382
5383 @noindent
5384 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5385 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5386
5387 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5388 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5389 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5390 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5391 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5392 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5393
5394 @smallexample
5395 restore --level=1
5396 @end smallexample
5397
5398 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5399
5400 @table @option
5401 @item -a
5402 @itemx --all
5403 Restore all filesystems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5404
5405 @item -l @var{level}
5406 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5407 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5408
5409 @item -v[@var{level}]
5410 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5411 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5412 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5413 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5414
5415 @item -h
5416 @itemx --help
5417 Display short help message and exit.
5418
5419 @item -L
5420 @itemx --license
5421 Display program license and exit.
5422
5423 @item -V
5424 @itemx --version
5425 Display program version and exit.
5426 @end table
5427
5428 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5429 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5430 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5431 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5432 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5433 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5434 positioning.}
5435
5436 @quotation
5437 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5438 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5439 @end quotation
5440
5441 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5442 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5443
5444 @node Choosing
5445 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5446 @UNREVISED
5447
5448 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5449
5450 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5451 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5452 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5453 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5454 are in specified directories.
5455
5456 @menu
5457 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5458 * Selecting Archive Members::
5459 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5460 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5461 * Wildcards::
5462 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5463 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5464 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5465 @end menu
5466
5467 @node file
5468 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5469 @cindex Naming an archive
5470 @cindex Archive Name
5471 @cindex Directing output
5472 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5473 @cindex Where is the archive?
5474 @UNREVISED
5475
5476 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5477 archive"?}
5478
5479 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5480 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5481 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5482 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5483 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5484 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5485 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5486 instead of the default archive file location.
5487
5488 @table @option
5489 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5490 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5491 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5492 any operation.
5493 @end table
5494
5495 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5496
5497 @smallexample
5498 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5499 @end smallexample
5500
5501 @noindent
5502 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5503 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5504 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5505 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5506 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5507 for the archive name.
5508
5509 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5510 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5511 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5512
5513 @cindex Writing new archives
5514 @cindex Archive creation
5515 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5516 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5517 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5518 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5519 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5520
5521 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5522 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5523 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5524 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5525 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5526 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5527
5528 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5529 "notable tar usages".}
5530
5531 @smallexample
5532 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5533 @end smallexample
5534
5535 @FIXME{help!}
5536
5537 @cindex Standard input and output
5538 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5539 @anchor{remote-dev}
5540 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5541 use the following:
5542
5543 @smallexample
5544 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5545 @end smallexample
5546
5547 @noindent
5548 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5549 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5550 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5551 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5552 as the username on the remote machine.
5553
5554 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5555 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5556 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5557 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5558 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5559 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5560 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5561 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5562 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5563 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5564 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5565 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5566 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5567 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5568
5569 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5570 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5571 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5572 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5573 shouldn't mention it..}
5574
5575 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5576 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5577 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5578 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5579
5580 @node Selecting Archive Members
5581 @section Selecting Archive Members
5582 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5583 @cindex Specifying archive members
5584
5585 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5586 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5587 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5588 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5589
5590 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5591 the command line, as follows:
5592 @smallexample
5593 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5594 @end smallexample
5595
5596 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5597 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5598 option.
5599
5600 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5601 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5602
5603 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5604 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5605 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5606 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5607 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5608 @command{tar} does nothing.
5609
5610 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5611 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5612 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5613 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5614 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5615
5616 @node files
5617 @section Reading Names from a File
5618
5619 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5620 @cindex Lists of file names
5621 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5622 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5623 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5624 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5625 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5626 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5627 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5628 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5629
5630 @table @option
5631 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5632 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5633 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5634 @end table
5635
5636 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5637 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5638 names are read from standard input.
5639
5640 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5641 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5642 command.
5643
5644 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5645
5646 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5647
5648 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5649 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5650 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5651 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5652 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5653 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5654 more information.)
5655
5656 @smallexample
5657 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5658 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5659 @end smallexample
5660
5661 @noindent
5662 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5663 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5664 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5665 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5666 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5667 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5668 specifying @option{-C} option:
5669
5670 @smallexample
5671 @group
5672 $ @kbd{cat list}
5673 -C/etc
5674 passwd
5675 hosts
5676 -C/lib
5677 libc.a
5678 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5679 @end group
5680 @end smallexample
5681
5682 @noindent
5683 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5684 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5685 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5686 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5687 contain:
5688
5689 @smallexample
5690 @group
5691 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5692 passwd
5693 hosts
5694 libc.a
5695 @end group
5696 @end smallexample
5697
5698 @noindent
5699 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5700 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5701 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5702
5703 @itemize @bullet
5704 @item
5705 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5706 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5707 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5708
5709 @item
5710 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5711 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5712 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5713
5714 @item
5715 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5716 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5717
5718 @smallexample
5719 @group
5720 --directory
5721 dir
5722 @end group
5723 @end smallexample
5724
5725 @noindent
5726 and
5727
5728 @smallexample
5729 @group
5730 -C
5731 dir
5732 @end group
5733 @end smallexample
5734 @end itemize
5735
5736 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5737 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5738 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5739 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5740
5741 @menu
5742 * nul::
5743 @end menu
5744
5745 @node nul
5746 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
5747
5748 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
5749 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
5750 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5751 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5752 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5753
5754 @table @option
5755 @item --null
5756 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5757 terminate in a newline.
5758 @end table
5759
5760 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5761 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5762 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5763 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5764 file names that begin with dash.
5765
5766 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5767 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5768 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5769 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
5770 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5771 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5772 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5773 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5774 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
5775
5776 @smallexample
5777 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5778 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5779 @end smallexample
5780
5781 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5782
5783 @node exclude
5784 @section Excluding Some Files
5785 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5786 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5787 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5788 @UNREVISED
5789
5790 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5791 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5792
5793 @table @option
5794 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5795 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5796 @end table
5797
5798 @findex exclude
5799 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5800 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5801 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5802 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5803 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5804
5805 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5806
5807 @table @option
5808 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5809 @itemx -X @var{file}
5810 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5811 @var{file}.
5812 @end table
5813
5814 @findex exclude-from
5815 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5816 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5817 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5818 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5819 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5820 added to the archive.
5821
5822 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5823 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5824
5825 @table @option
5826 @item --exclude-caches
5827 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5828 @end table
5829
5830 @findex exclude-caches
5831 When creating an archive,
5832 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5833 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5834 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5835 A cache directory tag is a short file
5836 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5837 and having a standard header
5838 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5839 Various applications write cache directory tags
5840 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5841 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5842
5843 @menu
5844 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5845 * problems with exclude::
5846 @end menu
5847
5848 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5849 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5850
5851 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5852 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5853 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5854 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5855
5856 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5857 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5858 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5859 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5860
5861 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5862 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5863
5864 @smallexample
5865 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5866 @end smallexample
5867
5868 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5869 @samp{readme}.
5870
5871 @table @option
5872 @item --anchored
5873 @itemx --no-anchored
5874 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5875 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5876 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5877
5878 @item --ignore-case
5879 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5880 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5881 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5882
5883 @item --wildcards
5884 @itemx --no-wildcards
5885 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5886 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5887 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5888 names literally.
5889
5890 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5891 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5892 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5893 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5894 matched only by @samp{/}.
5895
5896 @end table
5897
5898 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5899 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5900 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5901 the name's parent directories.
5902
5903 @node problems with exclude
5904 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5905
5906 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5907 pitfalls:
5908
5909 @itemize @bullet
5910 @item
5911 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5912 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5913 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5914 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5915 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5916 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5917
5918 @item
5919 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5920 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5921 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5922 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5923 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5924 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5925
5926 @item
5927 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5928 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5929 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5930 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5931 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5932 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5933
5934 For example, write:
5935
5936 @smallexample
5937 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5938 @end smallexample
5939
5940 @noindent
5941 rather than:
5942
5943 @smallexample
5944 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5945 @end smallexample
5946
5947 @item
5948 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5949 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5950 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5951 might fail.
5952
5953 @item
5954 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5955 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5956 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5957 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5958 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5959 patterns listed in a file.
5960
5961 @end itemize
5962
5963 @node Wildcards
5964 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5965
5966 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5967 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5968 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5969 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5970 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5971 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5972 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5973
5974 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5975
5976 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5977 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5978 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5979 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5980 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5981 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5982 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5983 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5984 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5985
5986 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5987 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5988 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5989 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5990 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5991 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5992 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5993 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5994 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5995 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5996
5997 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5998 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5999 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6000 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6001 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6002 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6003
6004 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6005 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6006 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6007 @var{e}, inclusive.
6008
6009 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6010 who don't have dan around.}
6011
6012 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6013 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6014 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6015 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6016
6017 @node after
6018 @section Operating Only on New Files
6019 @cindex Excluding file by age
6020 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6021 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6022 @UNREVISED
6023
6024 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6025 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
6026 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6027 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6028 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6029 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
6030 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6031 than the @var{date} you specify.
6032
6033 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6034 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
6035 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6036
6037 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6038 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6039 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6040 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6041
6042 @table @option
6043 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6044 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6045 @itemx -N @var{date}
6046 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6047
6048 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
6049 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6050
6051 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6052 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6053
6054 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6055 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
6056 @end table
6057
6058 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
6059 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
6060 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
6061 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6062 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6063 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6064
6065 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6066 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6067 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6068 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6069
6070 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6071 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6072 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6073 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6074 contents of the file were looked at).
6075
6076 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6077 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6078 arguments.
6079
6080 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6081
6082 @quotation
6083 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6084 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6085 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6086 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6087 @end quotation
6088
6089 @noindent
6090 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6091
6092 @node recurse
6093 @section Descending into Directories
6094 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6095 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6096 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6097 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6098 @UNREVISED
6099
6100 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6101
6102 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6103
6104 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6105 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6106 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6107 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6108
6109 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6110 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6111 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6112 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6113 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6114 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6115 @command{tar}, or look.
6116
6117 @table @option
6118 @item --no-recursion
6119 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6120
6121 @item --recursion
6122 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6123 This is the default.
6124 @end table
6125
6126 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6127 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6128 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6129 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6130 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6131 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6132 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6133 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6134 located via @command{find}.
6135
6136 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6137 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6138 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6139 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6140 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6141 no new files on its own.
6142
6143 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6144 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6145 the files under those directories.
6146
6147 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6148 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6149
6150 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6151 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6152 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6153
6154 @smallexample
6155 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6156 @end smallexample
6157
6158 @noindent
6159 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6160 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6161 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6162
6163 @node one
6164 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6165 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6166 @UNREVISED
6167
6168 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6169 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6170 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6171 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6172 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6173 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6174 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6175
6176 @table @option
6177 @item --one-file-system
6178 @itemx -l
6179 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6180 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6181 @end table
6182
6183 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6184 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6185 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6186 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6187 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6188 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6189
6190 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6191 but nothing under it.
6192
6193 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6194 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6195 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6196 standard error.
6197
6198 @menu
6199 * directory:: Changing Directory
6200 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6201 @end menu
6202
6203 @node directory
6204 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6205
6206 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6207 things around some.}
6208
6209 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6210 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6211 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6212 @UNREVISED
6213
6214 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6215 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6216 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6217 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6218 the list.
6219
6220 @table @option
6221 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6222 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6223 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6224 @end table
6225
6226 For example,
6227
6228 @smallexample
6229 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6230 @end smallexample
6231
6232 @noindent
6233 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6234 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6235 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6236 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6237 store in the same archive.
6238
6239 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6240 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6241 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6242 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6243 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6244
6245 Contrast this with the command,
6246
6247 @smallexample
6248 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6249 @end smallexample
6250
6251 @noindent
6252 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6253 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6254 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6255 named @file{orange-colored}.
6256
6257 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6258 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6259 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6260 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6261 @file{foo.tar}:
6262
6263 @smallexample
6264 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6265 @end smallexample
6266
6267 @noindent
6268 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6269 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6270 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6271 directories where those files were located.
6272
6273 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6274 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6275 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6276 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6277 @option{--directory} option.
6278
6279 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6280 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6281 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6282 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6283 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6284 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6285 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6286
6287 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6288
6289 @smallexample
6290 @group
6291 -C
6292 /etc
6293 passwd
6294 hosts
6295 -C
6296 /lib
6297 libc.a
6298 @end group
6299 @end smallexample
6300
6301 @noindent
6302 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6303
6304 @smallexample
6305 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6306 @end smallexample
6307
6308 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6309 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6310
6311 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6312 @value{op-null} option.
6313
6314 @node absolute
6315 @subsection Absolute File Names
6316 @UNREVISED
6317
6318 @table @option
6319 @item -P
6320 @itemx --absolute-names
6321 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6322 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6323 @end table
6324
6325 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6326 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6327 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6328
6329 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6330 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6331 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6332 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6333 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6334 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6335 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6336 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6337
6338 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6339 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6340 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6341
6342 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6343 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6344 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6345 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6346 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6347 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6348 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6349 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6350 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6351 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6352 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6353 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6354 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6355
6356 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6357 none of these transformations.
6358
6359 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6360 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6361
6362 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6363 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6364 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6365
6366 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6367 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6368 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6369 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6370 more convenient than switching to root.
6371
6372 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6373 to transfer files between systems.}
6374
6375 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6376
6377 @table @option
6378 @item --absolute-names
6379 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6380 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6381
6382 @end table
6383
6384 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6385
6386 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6387 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6388 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6389 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6390
6391 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6392 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6393 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6394
6395 @smallexample
6396 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6397 @end smallexample
6398
6399 @noindent
6400 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6401 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6402 For example:
6403
6404 @smallexample
6405 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6406 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6407 @end smallexample
6408
6409 @include getdate.texi
6410
6411 @node Formats
6412 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6413
6414 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6415 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6416 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6417
6418 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6419 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6420
6421 @table @asis
6422 @item gnu
6423 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6424 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6425 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6426 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6427 formats.
6428
6429 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6430 length.
6431
6432 @item oldgnu
6433 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6434
6435 @item v7
6436 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6437 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6438 are:
6439
6440 @enumerate
6441 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6442 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6443 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6444 devices, fifos etc.)
6445 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6446 octal)
6447 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6448 and group name of the file owner).
6449 @end enumerate
6450
6451 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6452 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6453 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6454 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6455 Automake prior to 1.9.
6456
6457 @item ustar
6458 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6459 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6460 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6461
6462 @enumerate
6463 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6464 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6465 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6466 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6467 characters.
6468 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6469 100 characters.
6470 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6471 is 8GB
6472 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6473 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6474 @end enumerate
6475
6476 @item star
6477 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6478 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6479 currently does not produce them.
6480
6481 @item posix
6482 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6483 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6484 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6485 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6486 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6487 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6488 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6489 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6490 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6491
6492 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6493 of @GNUTAR{}.
6494
6495 @end table
6496
6497 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6498 formats:
6499
6500 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6501 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6502 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6503 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6504 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6505 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6506 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6507 @end multitable
6508
6509 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6510 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6511 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6512 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6513 switch to @samp{posix}.
6514
6515 @menu
6516 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6517 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6518 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6519 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6520 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6521 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6522 @end menu
6523
6524 @node Portability
6525 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6526
6527 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6528 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6529 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6530 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6531 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6532 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6533 archives more portable.
6534
6535 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6536 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6537 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6538 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6539
6540 @menu
6541 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6542 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6543 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6544 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6545 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6546 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6547 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6548 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6549 @end menu
6550
6551 @node Portable Names
6552 @subsection Portable Names
6553
6554 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6555 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6556 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6557 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6558 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6559 less.
6560
6561 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6562 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6563 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6564 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6565 than System V's.
6566
6567 @node dereference
6568 @subsection Symbolic Links
6569 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6570 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6571
6572 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6573 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6574 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6575 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6576 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6577 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6578 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6579 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6580
6581 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6582 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6583 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6584 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6585 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6586 system.
6587
6588 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6589 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6590 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6591
6592 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6593 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6594 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6595 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6596
6597 @node old
6598 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6599 @cindex Format, old style
6600 @cindex Old style format
6601 @cindex Old style archives
6602
6603 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6604 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6605 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6606 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6607 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6608 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6609 option). When you specify it,
6610 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6611 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6612 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6613
6614 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6615 unless the archive was created using this option.
6616
6617 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6618 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6619 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6620 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6621 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6622
6623 @node ustar
6624 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6625
6626 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6627 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6628 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6629 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6630 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6631 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6632
6633 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6634 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6635
6636 @node gnu
6637 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6638
6639 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6640 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6641 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6642 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6643 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6644 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6645 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6646 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6647 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6648
6649 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6650 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6651 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6652
6653 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6654 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6655
6656 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6657 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6658 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6659
6660 @itemize @bullet
6661 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6662 @item @value{op-incremental}
6663 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6664 @end itemize
6665
6666 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6667 format in the future.
6668
6669 @node posix
6670 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6671
6672 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6673 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6674
6675 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6676 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6677 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6678 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6679 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6680
6681 @itemize @bullet
6682 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6683 @item @value{op-incremental}
6684 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6685 @end itemize
6686
6687 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6688
6689 @node Checksumming
6690 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6691
6692 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6693 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6694 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6695 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6696 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6697 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6698 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6699 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6700 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6701 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6702 vice versa.
6703
6704 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6705 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6706 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6707 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6708 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6709 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6710 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6711 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6712
6713 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6714 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6715 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6716 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6717 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6718 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6719 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6720 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6721 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6722 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6723 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6724
6725 @node Large or Negative Values
6726 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6727 @cindex large values
6728 @cindex future time stamps
6729 @cindex negative time stamps
6730
6731 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6732 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6733 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6734 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6735 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6736 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6737 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6738 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6739 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6740 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6741
6742 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6743 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6744
6745 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6746 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6747
6748 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6749 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6750 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6751 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6752 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6753 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6754
6755 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6756 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6757 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6758 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6759 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6760 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6761 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6762 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6763 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6764
6765 @node Compression
6766 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6767
6768 @menu
6769 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6770 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6771 @end menu
6772
6773 @node gzip
6774 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6775 @cindex Compressed archives
6776 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6777
6778 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6779 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
6780 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6781 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6782 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6783 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6784 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6785
6786 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6787 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6788 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6789 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6790 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6791 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6792 For example:
6793
6794 @smallexample
6795 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6796 @end smallexample
6797
6798 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6799 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6800 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6801 archive created in previous example:
6802
6803 @smallexample
6804 # List the compressed archive
6805 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6806 # Extract the compressed archive
6807 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6808 @end smallexample
6809
6810 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6811 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6812 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6813 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6814
6815 @smallexample
6816 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6817 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6818 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6819 @end smallexample
6820
6821 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6822 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6823
6824 @smallexample
6825 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6826 @end smallexample
6827
6828 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6829 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6830 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6831 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6832 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6833 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6834 compressed.
6835
6836 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6837
6838 @table @option
6839 @item -z
6840 @itemx --gzip
6841 @itemx --ungzip
6842 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6843
6844 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6845 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6846 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6847 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6848 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6849 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6850
6851 @smallexample
6852 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6853 @end smallexample
6854
6855 @noindent
6856 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6857 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6858
6859 @smallexample
6860 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6861 @end smallexample
6862
6863 @cindex corrupted archives
6864 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6865 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6866 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6867 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6868 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6869 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6870
6871 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6872 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6873 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6874 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6875 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6876 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6877
6878 @item -j
6879 @itemx --bzip2
6880 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6881
6882 @item -Z
6883 @itemx --compress
6884 @itemx --uncompress
6885 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6886 @value{op-gzip}.
6887
6888 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6889 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6890 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6891 @command{compress}.
6892
6893 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6894 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6895 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6896 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6897
6898 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6899 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6900
6901 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6902 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
6903 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6904 @end table
6905
6906 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6907 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6908 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6909 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6910 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6911 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6912 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6913 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6914 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6915 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6916
6917 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6918 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6919 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6920 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6921 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6922
6923 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6924 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6925 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6926 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6927 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6928
6929 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6930 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6931 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6932 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6933 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6934
6935 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6936 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6937 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6938 end up with less space on the tape.}
6939
6940 @node sparse
6941 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6942 @cindex Sparse Files
6943 @UNREVISED
6944
6945 @table @option
6946 @item -S
6947 @itemx --sparse
6948 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6949 @end table
6950
6951 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6952 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6953 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6954 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6955 space needed to store such a file.
6956
6957 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6958 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6959 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6960 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6961
6962 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6963 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6964 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6965 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6966 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6967 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6968 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6969 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6970 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6971 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6972 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6973 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6974 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6975 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6976 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6977 more space than the original.
6978
6979 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6980 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6981 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6982 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6983 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6984 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6985 about creating archives.
6986
6987 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6988 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6989 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6990
6991 @quotation
6992 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6993 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6994 sparsely in the system.
6995
6996 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6997 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6998 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6999 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7000 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7001 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7002 @end quotation
7003
7004 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7005
7006 @table @option
7007 @item --sparse
7008 @itemx -S
7009 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7010 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7011 @end table
7012
7013 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7014 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7015 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7016 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7017 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7018 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7019 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7020 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7021 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7022 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7023
7024 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7025 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7026 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7027 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7028 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7029 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7030 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7031
7032 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7033 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7034 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7035 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7036 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7037 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7038 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7039 1990-12-10:
7040
7041 @quotation
7042 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7043 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7044 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7045 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7046 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7047 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7048
7049 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7050 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7051 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7052 get it right.
7053 @end quotation
7054
7055 @node Attributes
7056 @section Handling File Attributes
7057 @UNREVISED
7058
7059 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
7060 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
7061 back to what they were before they were read, use the
7062 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
7063
7064 Handling of file attributes
7065
7066 @table @option
7067 @item --atime-preserve
7068 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7069 This doesn't work for files that
7070 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7071 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7072 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7073 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7074
7075 @item -m
7076 @itemx --touch
7077 Do not extract file modified time.
7078
7079 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7080 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7081 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7082
7083 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7084
7085 @item --same-owner
7086 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7087 archive.
7088
7089 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7090 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7091 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7092 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7093 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7094 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7095 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7096
7097 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7098 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7099 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7100 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7101 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7102 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7103 stored in the archive instead.
7104
7105 @item --no-same-owner
7106 @itemx -o
7107 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7108 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7109 only for the superuser.
7110
7111 @item --numeric-owner
7112 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7113 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7114 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7115 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7116 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7117
7118 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7119 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7120 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7121 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7122 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7123 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7124 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7125 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7126
7127 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7128 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7129 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7130 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7131 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7132 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7133
7134 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7135 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7136 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7137 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7138 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7139 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7140 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7141 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7142 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7143 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7144 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7145 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7146 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7147 gives you a great deal of control already.
7148
7149 @item -p
7150 @itemx --same-permissions
7151 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7152 Extract all protection information.
7153
7154 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7155 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7156 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7157 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7158 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7159
7160
7161 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7162
7163 @item --preserve
7164 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7165
7166 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7167 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7168
7169 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7170
7171 @end table
7172
7173 @node Standard
7174 @section Basic Tar Format
7175 @UNREVISED
7176
7177 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7178 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7179 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7180 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7181 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7182 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7183 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7184
7185 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7186 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7187 bytes. A file
7188 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7189 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7190 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7191 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7192 information about file types.
7193
7194 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7195 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7196 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7197 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7198 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7199 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7200
7201 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7202 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7203 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7204
7205 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7206 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7207 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7208
7209 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7210 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7211 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7212 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7213 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7214 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7215 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7216
7217 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7218 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7219 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7220 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7221 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7222 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7223 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7224 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7225 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7226 records after a zero block.
7227
7228 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7229 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7230
7231 @smallexample
7232 @include header.texi
7233 @end smallexample
7234
7235 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7236 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7237 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7238 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7239 contiguously.
7240
7241 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7242 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7243 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7244 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7245 of file contents is performed.
7246
7247 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7248 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7249 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7250 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7251
7252 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7253 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7254
7255 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7256
7257 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7258 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7259 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7260 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7261 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7262 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7263 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7264 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7265 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7266 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7267
7268 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7269 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7270 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7271
7272 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7273 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7274 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7275
7276 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7277 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7278 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7279 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7280
7281 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7282 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7283 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7284 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7285 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7286 if it were all blanks.
7287
7288 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7289 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7290 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7291 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7292
7293 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7294 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7295 and last inode-change time.
7296
7297 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7298 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7299 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7300 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7301 continued at.
7302
7303 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7304 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7305 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7306 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7307 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7308 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7309 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7310 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7311 differently from non-sparse files.
7312
7313 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7314 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7315 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7316 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7317 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7318 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7319 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7320 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7321 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7322 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7323 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7324 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7325 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7326 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7327 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7328 used to handle a sparse file:
7329
7330 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7331 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7332 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7333 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7334 array element.
7335
7336 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7337 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7338
7339 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7340 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7341 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7342 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7343 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7344 an extended_header is needed.
7345
7346 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7347 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7348 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7349 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7350
7351 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7352 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7353 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7354 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7355
7356 @table @asis
7357
7358 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7359 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7360 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7361 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7362 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7363 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7364 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7365 ends with a slash as a directory.
7366
7367 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7368 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7369 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7370 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7371 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7372
7373 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7374 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7375 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7376
7377 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7378 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7379 These represent character special files and block special files
7380 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7381 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7382 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7383 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7384
7385 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7386 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7387 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7388 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7389 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7390 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7391 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7392 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7393 @code{size} field.
7394
7395 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7396 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7397 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7398
7399 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7400 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7401 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7402 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7403 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7404 type as a normal file.
7405
7406 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7407 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7408 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7409
7410 @end table
7411
7412 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7413 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7414
7415 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7416 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7417 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7418 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7419 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7420 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7421
7422 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7423 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7424 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7425 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7426
7427 @node Extensions
7428 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7429 @UNREVISED
7430
7431 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7432 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7433
7434 @table @code
7435 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7436 @itemx 'D'
7437 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7438 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7439 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7440 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7441 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7442 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7443 last file name.
7444
7445 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7446 @itemx 'M'
7447 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7448 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7449 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7450 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7451 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7452 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7453 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7454 the original size of the file.
7455
7456 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7457 @itemx 'S'
7458 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7459 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7460 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7461 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7462
7463 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7464 @itemx 'V'
7465 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7466 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7467 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7468 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7469 of an archive should have this type.
7470
7471 @end table
7472
7473 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7474 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7475 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7476 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7477 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7478 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7479 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7480 checksum error.
7481
7482 @node cpio
7483 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7484 @UNREVISED
7485
7486 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7487
7488 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7489 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7490 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7491 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7492 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7493 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7494
7495 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7496 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7497 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7498 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7499 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7500 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7501 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7502 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7503
7504 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7505 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7506 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7507 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7508
7509 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7510
7511 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7512 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7513 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7514
7515 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7516 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7517 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7518 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7519 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7520 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7521 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7522 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7523 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7524 make hard links between them.
7525
7526 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7527 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7528 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7529 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7530 of the names.
7531
7532 @quotation
7533 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7534 @end quotation
7535
7536 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7537 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7538 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7539
7540 @quotation
7541 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7542 at the unix scene,
7543 @end quotation
7544
7545 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7546 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7547 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7548 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7549 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7550
7551 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7552 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7553 rest of the files.
7554
7555 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7556
7557 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7558 to start on a record boundary.
7559
7560 @quotation
7561 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7562 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7563 crashed archives at all.)
7564 @end quotation
7565
7566 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7567 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7568 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7569 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7570 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7571 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7572 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7573 archive.
7574
7575 @quotation
7576 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7577 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7578 @end quotation
7579
7580 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7581 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7582 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7583 special files.
7584
7585 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7586 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7587 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7588 backwards compatibility.
7589
7590 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7591 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7592 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7593
7594 @node Media
7595 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7596 @UNREVISED
7597
7598 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7599 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7600
7601 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7602 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7603 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7604 such manipulation easier.
7605
7606 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7607 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7608
7609 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7610 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7611 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7612 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7613
7614 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7615 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7616 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7617 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7618 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7619 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7620
7621 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7622 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7623 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7624 not a good idea.
7625
7626 @menu
7627 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7628 * Remote Tape Server::
7629 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7630 * Blocking:: Blocking
7631 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7632 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7633 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7634 * verify::
7635 * Write Protection::
7636 @end menu
7637
7638 @node Device
7639 @section Device Selection and Switching
7640 @UNREVISED
7641
7642 @table @option
7643 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7644 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7645 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7646 @end table
7647
7648 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7649 works on.
7650
7651 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7652 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7653 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7654 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7655 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7656
7657 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7658 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7659 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7660 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7661 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7662 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7663 @command{rsh}.
7664 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7665 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7666 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7667 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7668 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7669 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7670 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7671 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7672 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7673 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7674
7675 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7676 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7677 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7678 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7679 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7680
7681 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7682 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7683 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7684 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7685 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7686 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7687 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7688 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7689 cartridges or diskettes.
7690
7691 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7692 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7693 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7694 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7695 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7696 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7697 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7698 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7699 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7700 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7701 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7702 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7703
7704 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7705 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7706 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7707 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7708 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7709
7710 @table @option
7711 @item --force-local
7712 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7713
7714 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7715 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7716 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7717 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7718
7719 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7720 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7721 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7722 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7723 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7724 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7725
7726 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7727 Specify drive and density.
7728
7729 @item -M
7730 @itemx --multi-volume
7731 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7732
7733 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7734 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7735 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7736
7737 @item -L @var{num}
7738 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7739 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7740
7741 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7742 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7743 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7744
7745 @item -F @var{file}
7746 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7747 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7748 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7749 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7750 @end table
7751
7752 @node Remote Tape Server
7753 @section The Remote Tape Server
7754
7755 @cindex remote tape drive
7756 @pindex rmt
7757 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7758 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7759 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7760 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7761 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7762 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7763 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7764
7765 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7766 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7767 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7768 installed by default.
7769
7770 @cindex absolute file names
7771 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7772 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7773 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7774 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7775 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7776 message telling you what it is doing.
7777
7778 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7779 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7780 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7781 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7782 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7783 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7784 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7785 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7786 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7787 backup tapes.
7788
7789 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7790 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7791 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7792 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7793 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7794 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7795 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7796
7797 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7798 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7799 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7800 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7801 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7802 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7803
7804 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7805 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7806 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7807 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7808 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7809 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7810
7811 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7812 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7813 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7814 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7815 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7816
7817 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7818 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7819
7820 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7821 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7822 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7823 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7824 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7825 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7826 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7827 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7828
7829 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7830 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7831
7832 @ifclear PUBLISH
7833
7834 @format
7835 errors from system:
7836 permission denied
7837 no such file or directory
7838 not owner
7839
7840 errors from @command{tar}:
7841 directory checksum error
7842 header format error
7843
7844 errors from media/system:
7845 i/o error
7846 device busy
7847 @end format
7848
7849 @end ifclear
7850
7851 @node Blocking
7852 @section Blocking
7853 @UNREVISED
7854
7855 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7856 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7857 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7858 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7859 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7860
7861 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7862 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7863
7864 @quotation
7865 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7866 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7867 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7868 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7869 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7870 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7871 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7872 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7873 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7874 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7875
7876 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7877 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7878 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7879 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7880 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7881 into the source code too.
7882 @end quotation
7883
7884 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7885 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7886 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7887 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7888 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7889 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7890 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7891 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7892 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7893 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7894 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7895 in @GNUTAR{}.
7896
7897 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7898 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7899 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7900 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7901 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7902 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7903 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7904 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7905 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7906 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7907 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7908 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7909 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7910 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7911 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7912
7913 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7914 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7915 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7916 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7917 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7918 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7919 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7920 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7921
7922 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7923 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7924 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7925 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7926 honor blocking.
7927
7928 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7929 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7930 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7931 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7932 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7933 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7934 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7935 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7936 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7937 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7938 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7939 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7940 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7941 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7942 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7943 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7944 correctly.
7945
7946 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7947 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7948 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7949 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7950 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7951
7952 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7953 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7954 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7955 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7956 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7957 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7958 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7959 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7960 around one megabyte.
7961
7962 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7963 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7964 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7965 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7966 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7967 device.
7968
7969 @menu
7970 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7971 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7972 @end menu
7973
7974 @node Format Variations
7975 @subsection Format Variations
7976 @cindex Format Parameters
7977 @cindex Format Options
7978 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7979 @cindex Options, format specifying
7980 @UNREVISED
7981
7982 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7983 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7984 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7985 store the archive.
7986
7987 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7988 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7989 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7990 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7991 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7992 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7993 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7994 examples of format parameter considerations.
7995
7996 @node Blocking Factor
7997 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7998 @cindex Blocking Factor
7999 @cindex Record Size
8000 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8001 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8002 @cindex Bytes per record
8003 @cindex Blocks per record
8004 @UNREVISED
8005
8006 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8007 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8008 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8009 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8010 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8011 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e.,
8012 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8013 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8014 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8015
8016 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8017 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8018 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8019 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8020 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8021 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8022 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8023 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8024 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8025 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8026 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8027 writing archives.
8028
8029 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8030
8031 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8032 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8033 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8034 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8035 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8036 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8037
8038 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8039 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8040 example, this has been reported:
8041
8042 @smallexample
8043 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8044 @end smallexample
8045
8046 @noindent
8047 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8048 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8049 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8050 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8051 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8052 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8053 for example, might resolve the problem.
8054
8055 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8056 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8057 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8058 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8059 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8060 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8061 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8062 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8063 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8064 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8065 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8066 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8067 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8068
8069 @table @option
8070 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8071 @itemx -b @var{number}
8072 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8073 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8074 @end table
8075
8076 Device blocking
8077
8078 @table @option
8079 @item -b @var{blocks}
8080 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8081 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8082
8083 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8084 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8085 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8086 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8087 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8088 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8089
8090 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8091 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8092 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8093 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8094
8095 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8096 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8097 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8098 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8099 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8100
8101 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8102 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8103 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8104 updating the archive.
8105
8106 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8107 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8108 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8109 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8110
8111 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8112 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8113 the amount of available virtual memory.
8114
8115 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8116 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8117 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8118 @itemize @bullet
8119 @item
8120 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8121 @item
8122 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8123 redirected nor piped,
8124 @item
8125 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8126 device,
8127 @item
8128 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8129 invocation.
8130 @end itemize
8131
8132 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8133 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8134 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8135 topic:
8136
8137 @itemize @bullet
8138
8139 @item
8140 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8141 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8142 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8143 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8144 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8145 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8146
8147 @item
8148 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8149 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8150 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8151 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8152 ignored.
8153
8154 @item
8155 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8156 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8157 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8158 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8159 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8160 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8161 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8162
8163 @item
8164 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8165 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8166 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8167 @end itemize
8168
8169 @item -i
8170 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8171 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8172
8173 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8174 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8175 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8176 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8177 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8178 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8179 the zeroed blocks.
8180
8181 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8182 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8183 are stored on a single physical tape.
8184
8185 @item -B
8186 @itemx --read-full-records
8187 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8188
8189 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8190 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8191 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8192 record.
8193
8194 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8195 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8196 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8197 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8198 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8199 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8200
8201 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8202
8203 @end table
8204
8205 Tape blocking
8206
8207 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8208
8209 @cindex blocking factor
8210 @cindex tape blocking
8211
8212 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8213 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8214 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8215 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8216 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8217 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8218 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8219 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8220 tape motion without loosing information.
8221
8222 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8223 @cindex DAT blocking
8224 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8225 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8226 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8227 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8228 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8229 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8230 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8231 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8232 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8233 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8234 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8235 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8236 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8237 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8238 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8239 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8240
8241 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8242 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8243 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8244 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8245
8246 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8247 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8248 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8249
8250 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8251 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8252 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8253
8254 @node Many
8255 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8256
8257 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8258
8259 @findex ntape @r{device}
8260 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8261 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8262 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8263 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8264 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8265 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8266 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8267 device.
8268
8269 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8270 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8271 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8272 means that a simple:
8273
8274 @smallexample
8275 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8276 @end smallexample
8277
8278 @noindent
8279 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8280 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8281 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8282 just been saved.
8283
8284 @cindex tape positioning
8285 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8286 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8287 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8288 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8289 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8290 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8291 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8292 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8293 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8294 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8295 recovered.
8296
8297 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8298 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8299
8300 @smallexample
8301 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8302 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8303 @end smallexample
8304
8305 @cindex tape marks
8306 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8307 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8308 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8309 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8310 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8311 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8312 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8313 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8314 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8315 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8316 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8317
8318 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8319 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8320
8321 @smallexample
8322 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8323 @end smallexample
8324
8325 @noindent
8326 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8327
8328 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8329 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8330 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8331 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8332 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8333 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8334 these commands:
8335
8336 @smallexample
8337 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8338 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8339 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8340 @end smallexample
8341
8342 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8343 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8344
8345 @menu
8346 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8347 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8348 @end menu
8349
8350 @node Tape Positioning
8351 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8352 @UNREVISED
8353
8354 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8355 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8356 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8357 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8358 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8359 two at the end of all the file entries.
8360
8361 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8362 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8363
8364 @smallexample
8365 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8366 @end smallexample
8367
8368 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8369 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8370 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8371 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8372 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8373 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8374 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8375 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8376 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8377 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8378 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8379 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8380
8381 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8382 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8383 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8384 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8385 following:
8386
8387 @smallexample
8388 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8389 @end smallexample
8390
8391 @node mt
8392 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8393 @UNREVISED
8394
8395 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8396 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8397 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8398
8399 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8400 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8401 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8402 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8403 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8404 together"?}
8405
8406 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8407
8408 @smallexample
8409 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8410 @end smallexample
8411
8412 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8413 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8414 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8415
8416 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8417
8418 @table @option
8419 @item eof
8420 @itemx weof
8421 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8422
8423 @item fsf
8424 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8425
8426 @item bsf
8427 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8428
8429 @item rewind
8430 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8431
8432 @item offline
8433 @itemx rewoff1
8434 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8435
8436 @item status
8437 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8438
8439 @end table
8440
8441 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8442
8443 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8444 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8445 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8446
8447 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8448 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8449 failed.
8450
8451 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8452 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8453 @UNREVISED
8454
8455 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8456 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8457 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8458 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8459 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8460
8461 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8462 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8463 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8464 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8465 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8466 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8467 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8468 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8469 file.)
8470
8471 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8472 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8473 process them properly.
8474
8475 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8476 responses:
8477
8478 @table @kbd
8479 @item ?
8480 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8481 @item q
8482 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8483 @item n @var{file name}
8484 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8485 @item !
8486 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8487 @item y
8488 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8489 @end table
8490
8491 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8492 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8493
8494 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8495 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8496 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8497 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8498 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8499 of the
8500 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8501 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8502
8503 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8504 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8505 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8506 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8507 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8508 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8509 never required for real, as far as we know.
8510
8511 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8512 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8513 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8514 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8515 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8516 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8517 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8518 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8519 the prompt.)
8520
8521 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8522 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8523 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8524 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8525 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8526 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8527 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8528 script).
8529
8530 Multi-volume archives
8531
8532 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8533 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8534 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8535 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8536
8537 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8538 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8539 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8540 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8541 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8542 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8543 the file begins.
8544
8545 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8546 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8547 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8548 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8549
8550 @smallexample
8551 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8552 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8553 @end smallexample
8554
8555 @menu
8556 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8557 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8558 @end menu
8559
8560 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8561 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8562 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8563 @UNREVISED
8564
8565 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8566 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8567 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8568 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8569 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8570 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8571
8572 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8573 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8574 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8575 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8576 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8577 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8578
8579 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8580 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8581 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8582 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8583 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8584 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8585
8586 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8587 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8588 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8589 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8590 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8591 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8592 information about extracting archives.
8593
8594 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8595 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8596 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8597 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8598 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8599 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8600 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8601
8602 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8603 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8604 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8605 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8606
8607 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8608 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8609 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8610 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8611 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8612
8613 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8614 @FIXME{example}
8615
8616 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8617 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8618
8619 @table @option
8620 @item --multi-volume
8621 @itemx -M
8622 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8623 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8624 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8625 operation.
8626
8627 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8628 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8629 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8630 @value{op-create}.
8631 @end table
8632
8633 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8634 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8635 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8636 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8637 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8638 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8639 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8640 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8641 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8642 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8643 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8644 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8645
8646 @node Tape Files
8647 @subsection Tape Files
8648 @UNREVISED
8649
8650 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8651 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8652 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8653 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8654 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8655 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8656 volume label will have
8657 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8658 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8659 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8660 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8661
8662 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8663 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8664 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8665 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8666 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8667 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8668 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8669
8670 People seem to often do:
8671
8672 @smallexample
8673 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8674 @end smallexample
8675
8676 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8677
8678 @node label
8679 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8680 @cindex Labeling an archive
8681 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8682 @UNREVISED
8683
8684 @cindex @option{--label} option introduced
8685 @cindex @option{-V} option introduced
8686 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8687 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8688 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8689 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8690 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8691
8692 @table @option
8693 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8694 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8695 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8696 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8697 @value{op-create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
8698 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
8699 operation.
8700 @end table
8701
8702 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8703 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8704 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8705 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8706 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8707 volume archives.}
8708
8709 @cindex Volume label, listing
8710 @cindex Listing volume label
8711 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
8712 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
8713 explicitely marked as in the example below:
8714
8715 @smallexample
8716 @group
8717 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8718 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8719 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8720 @end group
8721 @end smallexample
8722
8723 @cindex @option{--test-label} option introduced
8724 @anchor{--test-label option}
8725 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
8726 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
8727 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
8728 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
8729 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
8730 devices. For example:
8731
8732 @smallexample
8733 @group
8734 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
8735 iamalabel
8736 @end group
8737 @end smallexample
8738
8739 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
8740 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
8741 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
8742 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
8743
8744 @smallexample
8745 @group
8746 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
8747 @result{} 0
8748 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
8749 @result{} 1
8750 @end group
8751 @end smallexample
8752
8753 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
8754 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
8755 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
8756 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
8757 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
8758 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
8759 you will get:
8760
8761 @smallexample
8762 @group
8763 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
8764 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
8765 @end group
8766 @end smallexample
8767
8768 @noindent
8769 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
8770 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
8771
8772 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
8773 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8774 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
8775 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
8776 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
8777 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
8778 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
8779 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
8780 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
8781 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used,
8782 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
8783 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
8784 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
8785 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
8786 of it when the archive is being read.
8787
8788 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8789 under that name anymore.
8790
8791 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
8792 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
8793 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8794 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8795
8796 @smallexample
8797 @group
8798 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8799 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8800 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8801 @end group
8802 @end smallexample
8803
8804 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8805 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8806 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8807 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8808 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8809 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8810 is usually not the case.
8811
8812 @node verify
8813 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8814 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8815 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8816
8817 @table @option
8818 @item -W
8819 @itemx --verify
8820 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8821 @end table
8822
8823 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8824 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8825 are recorded on the standard error output.
8826
8827 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8828 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8829 cannot be verified.
8830
8831 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8832 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8833 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8834 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8835 it is up to date.
8836
8837 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8838 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8839 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8840 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8841 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8842
8843 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8844 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8845 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8846 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8847
8848 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8849 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8850 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8851
8852 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8853 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8854 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8855 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8856 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8857 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8858 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8859 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8860 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8861 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8862 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8863 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8864
8865 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8866 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8867 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8868 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8869 as long as programming is concerned.
8870
8871 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8872 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8873 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8874 for more information on these operations.
8875
8876 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8877 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8878 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8879 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8880 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8881
8882 @node Write Protection
8883 @section Write Protection
8884
8885 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8886 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8887 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8888 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8889 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8890 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8891
8892 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8893 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8894 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8895 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8896 changeable feature.
8897
8898 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8899 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8900 @include freemanuals.texi
8901
8902 @node Genfile
8903 @appendix Genfile
8904 @include genfile.texi
8905
8906 @node Copying This Manual
8907 @appendix Copying This Manual
8908
8909 @menu
8910 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8911 @end menu
8912
8913 @include fdl.texi
8914
8915 @node Index
8916 @appendix Index
8917
8918 @printindex cp
8919
8920 @summarycontents
8921 @contents
8922 @bye
8923
8924 @c Local variables:
8925 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8926 @c End:
This page took 0.438094 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.